[debian-edu-commits] debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git (#406) - wheezy (branch) updated: 1.0_20080215-9-gfce0f4b

David Prévot taffit at alioth.debian.org
Sat Oct 5 12:17:27 UTC 2013


The branch, wheezy has been updated
       via  fce0f4bf167eb7257089354d403a71b4f0612cdf (commit)
      from  aa35e4fce5684952d413bf87ad66b9ba902a5c6c (commit)

Those revisions listed above that are new to this repository have
not appeared on any other notification email; so we list those
revisions in full, below.

- Log -----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Summary of changes:
 documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po |  816 +++++++++--------
 documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po |  803 +++++++++--------
 documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po |  968 ++++++++++++---------
 documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po |  814 +++++++++--------
 documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot   |  797 +++++++++--------
 documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml   |   74 +-
 6 files changed, 2316 insertions(+), 1956 deletions(-)

The diff of changes is:
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
index 2839925..60e2540 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-03-08  0:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-03-10 18:45+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-02-15 00:29+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Roland F.Teichert <rfteichert at imail.de>\n"
 "Language-Team: Deutsch <de at li.org>\n"
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-03-07</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-03-10</computeroutput>."
 msgstr ""
 "Dieses Dokument wurde am <computeroutput>2008-02-06</computeroutput> in das "
 "Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> gepackt."
@@ -1336,8 +1336,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> ."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:332 release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:1502
-#: release-manual.xml:2306 release-manual.xml:2343 release-manual.xml:2414
+#: release-manual.xml:332 release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:2348
+#: release-manual.xml:2385 release-manual.xml:2456
 msgid "<phrase>:-)  </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>:-)  </phrase>"
 
@@ -1690,7 +1690,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "Zahlungsweise mitteilen. <inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:476 release-manual.xml:560 release-manual.xml:1947
+#: release-manual.xml:476 release-manual.xml:560 release-manual.xml:1504
+#: release-manual.xml:1989
 msgid "<phrase>:)  </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>:)  </phrase>"
 
@@ -2799,9 +2800,9 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
 #: release-manual.xml:949 release-manual.xml:982 release-manual.xml:1018
-#: release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1781 release-manual.xml:1888
-#: release-manual.xml:1913 release-manual.xml:1920 release-manual.xml:2259
-#: release-manual.xml:2273 release-manual.xml:2288
+#: release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1823 release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1955 release-manual.xml:1962 release-manual.xml:2301
+#: release-manual.xml:2315 release-manual.xml:2330
 msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
 
@@ -4170,11 +4171,13 @@ msgstr "HowTos für generelle Administration"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><para>
 #: release-manual.xml:1432
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
-"linkend=\"Maintainance\">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get "
-"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintainance work. The "
-"howtos in this chapter are already \"advanced\" tipps and tricks."
+"linkend=\"Maintainance\">DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance</link> "
+"chapters describe how to get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic "
+"maintainance work. The howtos in this chapter are already \"advanced\" tipps "
+"and tricks."
 msgstr ""
 "Die Kapitel <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> und "
 "<link linkend=\"Maintainance\">Wartung </link> erklären den Einstieg in den "
@@ -4256,7 +4259,7 @@ msgid "List of useful commands:"
 msgstr "Nützliche Befehle sind:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1460
+#: release-manual.xml:1462
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -4274,12 +4277,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1469
+#: release-manual.xml:1471
 msgid "Usage examples"
 msgstr "Benutzungsbeispiele"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1471
+#: release-manual.xml:1473
 msgid ""
 "In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
 "system was installed:"
@@ -4288,47 +4291,47 @@ msgstr ""
 "System installiert wurde:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1474
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1476
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1477
+#: release-manual.xml:1479
 msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
 msgstr "Herausfinden was in /etc/ verändert worden ist:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1480
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1482
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1483
+#: release-manual.xml:1485
 msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
 msgstr "Herausfinden was an einer Datei verändert worden ist:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1486
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1488
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1489
+#: release-manual.xml:1491
 msgid ""
 "To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
 "file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
@@ -4339,7 +4342,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sie den folgenden Befehl benutzen:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1492
+#: release-manual.xml:1494
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -4349,7 +4352,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1495
+#: release-manual.xml:1497
 msgid ""
 "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4357,17 +4360,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "verwenden sie den folgenden Befehl:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1498
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1500
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1501
+#: release-manual.xml:1503
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
 "ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -4377,22 +4380,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "<inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1508
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1510
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1514
+#: release-manual.xml:1516
 msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
 msgstr "Bemerkung für Leute die von Sarge/Woody upgegradet haben"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1516
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
 msgid ""
 "/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
 "installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -4403,7 +4406,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "müssen sie SVK einmalig mit dem folgenden Befehl als root initialisieren:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1519
+#: release-manual.xml:1521
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -4413,7 +4416,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1522
+#: release-manual.xml:1524
 msgid ""
 "This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
 "cronjob."
@@ -4422,12 +4425,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "commit-Cronjob."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1528
+#: release-manual.xml:1530
 msgid "Resize Partitions"
 msgstr "Die Größe von Partitionen verändern"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1530
+#: release-manual.xml:1532
 msgid ""
 "Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes.  Only the /boot/ "
 "partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -4443,7 +4446,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "geschehen wenn die Partitionen ausgehängt sind."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: release-manual.xml:1534
 msgid ""
 "It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
 "partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -4458,7 +4461,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "anstatt eine große zu erstellen."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1534
+#: release-manual.xml:1536
 msgid ""
 "To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
 "fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided.  When invoked, it reads "
@@ -4484,12 +4487,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "starten."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1543
+#: release-manual.xml:1545
 msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
 msgstr "Logical Volume Management"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1545
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
 msgid ""
 "Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
 "are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
@@ -4501,7 +4504,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1548
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
 msgid ""
 "To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
 "<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -4512,29 +4515,29 @@ msgstr ""
 "Partition vergrößern wollen. "
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1553
 msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
 msgstr ""
 "Um zum Beispiel home0 um 30GB zu vergrößern, können sie den folgenden Befehl "
 "verwenden:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1552
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1556
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0 \n"
+"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
 "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]"
 msgstr ""
 "lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0 \n"
 "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1559
+#: release-manual.xml:1563
 msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
 msgstr "volatile.debian.org verwenden"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1561
+#: release-manual.xml:1565
 msgid ""
 "Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
 "is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -4545,17 +4548,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "auf Standardinstallationen noch nicht aktiviert."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1566
+#: release-manual.xml:1570
 msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
 msgstr "Was ist debian-volatile?"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1568
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
 msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Um die Homepage zu zitieren: </emphasis>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1570
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
@@ -4573,12 +4576,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "sein System auf angenehme Weise aktuell und konsistent zu halten.  "
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1580
 msgid "How to use volatile"
 msgstr "Wie ist Volatile zu benutzen"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1578
+#: release-manual.xml:1582
 msgid ""
 "Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
 "archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4593,7 +4596,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput>:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1583
+#: release-manual.xml:1587
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -4603,7 +4606,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1586
+#: release-manual.xml:1590
 msgid ""
 "And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
 "computeroutput>."
@@ -4612,12 +4615,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "computeroutput> aus."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1593
+#: release-manual.xml:1597
 msgid "Using backports.org"
 msgstr "Nutzung von backports.org"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595
+#: release-manual.xml:1599
 msgid ""
 "You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
 "It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
@@ -4629,7 +4632,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Spiel kommt."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1597
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
 msgid ""
 "Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
 "unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -4650,7 +4653,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "backports.org </ulink> um die Backports zu nutzen."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
 msgid ""
 "You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
 "<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -4664,7 +4667,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "folgenden Kommandos ausführen:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1607
+#: release-manual.xml:1611
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
@@ -4674,7 +4677,7 @@ msgid ""
 "# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
 "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
 "# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
-"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add - \n"
+"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
 "# update the list of available packages:\n"
 "aptitude update\n"
 "]]>\n"
@@ -4682,7 +4685,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
 "</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
 "</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions on backports.org\n"
-"</ulink>.  \n"
+"</ulink>. \n"
 "</para>\n"
 "<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually. \n"
 "</para>\n"
@@ -4722,12 +4725,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1642
 msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1640
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
 msgid ""
 "A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
 "the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
@@ -4737,7 +4740,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1648
 msgid ""
 "To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
 "host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
@@ -4746,7 +4749,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1647
+#: release-manual.xml:1651
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
@@ -4756,7 +4759,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "computeroutput> an sodass sie die folgenden Zeilen enthalten:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1649
+#: release-manual.xml:1655
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
@@ -4766,17 +4769,68 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1654
-msgid "XXX This need to be completed and tested."
+#: release-manual.xml:1660
+msgid "FIXME: This need to be completed and tested."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1665
+msgid "Creating a folder in all users home directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
+msgid ""
+"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home "
+"directory and set access permissions and Ownership."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
+msgid ""
+"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user "
+"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
+"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1672
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"\n"
+"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
+" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
+" permissions=\"770\";\n"
+" created_dir=0;\n"
+"\n"
+"for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
+"\n"
+" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+"  . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+"   . #set the right owner and group\n"
+" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
+"  user=$home\n"
+" group=teachers\n"
+" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+" else\n"
+"  . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
+" . fi\n"
+"done\n"
+"\n"
+"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+"]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1659 release-manual.xml:2206 release-manual.xml:2314
+#: release-manual.xml:1701 release-manual.xml:2248 release-manual.xml:2356
 msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
 msgstr "HowTos von wiki.debian.org"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1661 release-manual.xml:2208 release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:2250 release-manual.xml:2358
 msgid ""
 "The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
 "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
@@ -4793,34 +4847,34 @@ msgstr ""
 "Beiträge zugestimmt haben."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1689
+#: release-manual.xml:1731
 msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
 msgstr "HowTos für den Desktop"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1695
+#: release-manual.xml:1737
 msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
 msgstr "KDE Kiosk mode"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1697
+#: release-manual.xml:1739
 msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
 msgstr "Zwei Profile sind voreingestellt:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1699
+#: release-manual.xml:1741
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
 "of the students file group)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1701
+#: release-manual.xml:1743
 msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1702
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
 msgid ""
 "makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
 "kde panel"
@@ -4829,22 +4883,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "genauso aussehen"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1703
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
 msgid "adept is not started"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704
+#: release-manual.xml:1746
 msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
 msgstr "stellt sicher, dass Schüler keine andere KDE Sitzung starten können"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1705
+#: release-manual.xml:1747
 msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
 msgstr "verhindert die Möglichkeit, dass Schüler Rootrechte bekommen"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1708
+#: release-manual.xml:1750
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
 "user and members of the admins file group)"
@@ -4853,14 +4907,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "user and members of the admins file group)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1710
+#: release-manual.xml:1752
 msgid ""
 "adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
 "easy access to all the administration programs"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1713
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
 "be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
@@ -4869,7 +4923,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1717
+#: release-manual.xml:1759
 msgid ""
 "If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
 "ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
@@ -4886,7 +4940,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\" klicken und ein neuen Ordner anlegen."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1721
+#: release-manual.xml:1763
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
 "</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
@@ -4897,12 +4951,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "user-profile </computeroutput>. (FIXME: in which of the two?!)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1728
+#: release-manual.xml:1770
 msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
 msgstr "Bearbeiten des KDE Anmeldebildschirms"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1730
+#: release-manual.xml:1772
 msgid ""
 "In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
 "it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4914,7 +4968,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "und die ursprüngliche zu überschreiben."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1733
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
 msgid ""
 "Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
 "<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
@@ -4923,7 +4977,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "computeroutput> Paket aktiviert:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1735
+#: release-manual.xml:1777
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4935,7 +4989,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1739
+#: release-manual.xml:1781
 msgid ""
 "See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
 "information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4944,12 +4998,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "an, um zu erfahren, wie diese Variablen benutzt werden."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+#: release-manual.xml:1787
 msgid "Flash"
 msgstr "Flash"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1747
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
@@ -4963,12 +5017,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "Binärdateien von Adboe herunter."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1750
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
 msgid "There are three requirements to do so:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
+#: release-manual.xml:1794
 msgid ""
 "add backports.org to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> "
 "as decribed in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">general adminstration "
@@ -4976,7 +5030,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1756
+#: release-manual.xml:1798
 msgid ""
 "add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </"
 "computeroutput> (the file probably does not exist, so you might have to "
@@ -4984,7 +5038,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1762
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
@@ -4994,7 +5048,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1809
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "as the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> package is only "
@@ -5009,19 +5063,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "Binärdateien von Adboe herunter."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1774
+#: release-manual.xml:1816
 msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
 msgstr "Sound mit Flash auf Thin Clients"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1776
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
 msgid ""
 "# FIXME: describe to install this package from out etch-test repository with "
 "a trustpath."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1778
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
 msgid ""
 "If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
 "(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -5033,7 +5087,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sich auf dem Server als root ein und führen sie die folgenden Befehle aus:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1784 release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:1826 release-manual.xml:2333
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
 "software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -5047,7 +5101,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "werden kann."
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1789
+#: release-manual.xml:1831
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -5057,12 +5111,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
 msgid "Then:"
 msgstr "Dann:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1793
+#: release-manual.xml:1835
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -5072,7 +5126,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1796
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
 msgid ""
 "To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
 "package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
@@ -5081,18 +5135,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "flashplugin-nonfree Paket installieren (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1844
 msgid "Other useful plugins"
 msgstr "Andere nützliche Plugins"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1846
 msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
 msgstr ""
 "Nachdem sie das Multimedia Repository hinzugefügt haben (dazu unten mehr):"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1805
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -5102,12 +5156,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1853
 msgid "Playing DVDs"
 msgstr "DVDs abspielen"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1813
+#: release-manual.xml:1855
 msgid ""
 "libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
 "it's not included in Debian (Edu).  If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -5121,7 +5175,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "für Multimedia und DVDs:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1814
+#: release-manual.xml:1856
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -5131,12 +5185,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
 msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
 msgstr "Das Multimedia Repository verwenden"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1822
+#: release-manual.xml:1864
 msgid ""
 "To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
 "just add"
@@ -5145,7 +5199,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "finden sie einen Mirror, oder fügen sie stattdessen"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -5155,7 +5209,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1826
+#: release-manual.xml:1868
 msgid ""
 "to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
 "multimedia-keyring)."
@@ -5164,17 +5218,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "für Multimedia (debian-multimedia-keyring)."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1832
+#: release-manual.xml:1874
 msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
 msgstr "HowTos für Netzwerkclients"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1838
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
 msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
 msgstr "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1840
+#: release-manual.xml:1882
 msgid ""
 "Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
 "workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -5183,17 +5237,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1846
+#: release-manual.xml:1888
 msgid "LTSP in detail"
 msgstr "LTSP im Einzelnen"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1850
+#: release-manual.xml:1892
 msgid "lts.conf"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1894
 msgid ""
 "To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
 "can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -5203,7 +5257,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1856
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
 msgid ""
 "The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
 "computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -5212,14 +5266,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1860
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
 msgid ""
 "Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
 "something like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1863
+#: release-manual.xml:1905
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -5235,19 +5289,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1869
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
 msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1913
 msgid ""
 "Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
 "client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1915
 msgid ""
 "To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
 "add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -5256,12 +5310,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1880
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
 msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1882
+#: release-manual.xml:1924
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
 "for load balancing.  One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -5273,19 +5327,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1891
+#: release-manual.xml:1933
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
 "edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1938
 msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1940
 msgid ""
 "If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
 "is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -5294,22 +5348,22 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1942
 msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
 msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1944
 msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
+#: release-manual.xml:1950
 msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
+#: release-manual.xml:1952
 msgid ""
 "Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
 "tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -5317,7 +5371,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
 "not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
@@ -5325,19 +5379,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1923
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
 "computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1926
+#: release-manual.xml:1968
 msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1929
+#: release-manual.xml:1971
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "X -query ltspserverXX\n"
@@ -5347,12 +5401,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:1974
 msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1935
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -5362,21 +5416,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1938
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
 msgid ""
 "The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
 "the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1940
+#: release-manual.xml:1982
 msgid ""
 "If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
 "add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1943
+#: release-manual.xml:1985
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -5384,19 +5438,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1946
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
 msgid ""
 "The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
 "<inlinemediaobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952
+#: release-manual.xml:1994
 msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1955
+#: release-manual.xml:1997
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -5406,12 +5460,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:2000
 msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1961
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -5421,22 +5475,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964
+#: release-manual.xml:2006
 msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1969
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
 msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1973
+#: release-manual.xml:2015
 msgid "Joining the domain"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1975
+#: release-manual.xml:2017
 msgid ""
 "For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
 "joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -5445,21 +5499,21 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
 msgid ""
 "In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
 "required:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
+#: release-manual.xml:2021
 msgid ""
 "1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
 "existing)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1981
+#: release-manual.xml:2023
 msgid ""
 "In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
 "group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that "
@@ -5469,12 +5523,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
+#: release-manual.xml:2028
 msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1988
+#: release-manual.xml:2030
 msgid ""
 "When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
 "controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -5487,26 +5541,26 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1992
+#: release-manual.xml:2034
 msgid ""
 "3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
 "matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:2035
 msgid ""
 "It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
 "Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2038
 msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1997
+#: release-manual.xml:2039
 msgid ""
 "Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
 "should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5520,7 +5574,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2000
+#: release-manual.xml:2042
 msgid ""
 "Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
 "Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5530,12 +5584,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2004
+#: release-manual.xml:2046
 msgid "User groups in Windows"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2006
+#: release-manual.xml:2048
 msgid ""
 "Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
 "<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -5546,7 +5600,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2010
+#: release-manual.xml:2052
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5556,12 +5610,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2061
 msgid "XP home"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2021
+#: release-manual.xml:2063
 msgid ""
 "Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
 "their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5570,12 +5624,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2026
+#: release-manual.xml:2068
 msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2028
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
 msgid ""
 "Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
 "items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -5586,7 +5640,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2030
+#: release-manual.xml:2072
 msgid ""
 "Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
 "copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
@@ -5597,7 +5651,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2032
+#: release-manual.xml:2074
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
 "deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
@@ -5606,7 +5660,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2035
+#: release-manual.xml:2077
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way to "
 "deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -5616,22 +5670,22 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2040 release-manual.xml:2123
+#: release-manual.xml:2082 release-manual.xml:2165
 msgid "Using machine policies"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2042
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
 msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2043
+#: release-manual.xml:2085
 msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
 msgid ""
 "Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
 "-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -5641,56 +5695,56 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2046
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
 msgid "log"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2047
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
 msgid "Locale settings"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2048 release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:2090 release-manual.xml:2093
 msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
 msgid "My Documents"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2050
+#: release-manual.xml:2092
 msgid "Application Data"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
 msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2056
+#: release-manual.xml:2098
 msgid ""
 "Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
 "all other windows machines."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2058
+#: release-manual.xml:2100
 msgid ""
 "It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
 "included at install time."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2066 release-manual.xml:2139 release-manual.xml:2164
+#: release-manual.xml:2108 release-manual.xml:2181 release-manual.xml:2206
 msgid "Using global policies"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:2110
 msgid ""
 "By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
 "Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -5701,49 +5755,49 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2073
+#: release-manual.xml:2115
 msgid "Editing Windows registry"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
 msgid ""
 "You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
 "to other computers"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2118
 msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2078
+#: release-manual.xml:2120
 msgid ""
 "Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
 "NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2082
+#: release-manual.xml:2124
 msgid ""
 "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2086
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
 msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2131
 msgid ""
 "Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
 "policy)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2092
+#: release-manual.xml:2134
 msgid ""
 "Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
 "selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5751,17 +5805,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
 msgid "Sources:"
 msgstr "Quellen:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2159
 msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2161
 msgid ""
 "Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
 "may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5771,7 +5825,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2167
 msgid ""
 "Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
 "msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5780,7 +5834,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2127
+#: release-manual.xml:2169
 msgid ""
 "One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
 "folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5788,35 +5842,35 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2129
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
 msgid ""
 "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2174
 msgid ""
 "Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
 "Files"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2141
+#: release-manual.xml:2183
 msgid "FIXME"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#: release-manual.xml:2189
 msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2193
 msgid "Using a local policy"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
+#: release-manual.xml:2195
 msgid ""
 "Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
 "This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5824,29 +5878,29 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2197
 msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2157
+#: release-manual.xml:2199
 msgid ""
 "Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
 "profiles"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2166
+#: release-manual.xml:2208
 msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2171
+#: release-manual.xml:2213
 msgid "altering samba config"
 msgstr "Die Samba Konfiguration verändern"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
+#: release-manual.xml:2215
 msgid ""
 "By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
 "network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5856,7 +5910,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2176
+#: release-manual.xml:2218
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5868,12 +5922,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2185
+#: release-manual.xml:2227
 msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
 msgstr "Remote Desktops mit RDP, VNC, NX oder Citrix"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2187
+#: release-manual.xml:2229
 msgid ""
 "Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
 "teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5884,7 +5938,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "als auch von Linux aus."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2231
 msgid ""
 "RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
 "<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5894,7 +5948,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Paket."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
 msgid ""
 "VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
 "Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5904,7 +5958,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "computeroutput> Paket."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2196
+#: release-manual.xml:2238
 msgid ""
 "NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
 "remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5916,7 +5970,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "seit 2005 den Zugriff per NX an. Diese empfinden die Lösung als sehr stabil."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2240
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
 "client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -5926,17 +5980,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "zuzugreifen."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2224
+#: release-manual.xml:2266
 msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
 msgstr "HowTos für Lehren und Lernen"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
 msgid "Moodle"
 msgstr "Moodle"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2274
 msgid ""
 "Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
 "install moodle."
@@ -5945,7 +5999,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "root aus um Moodle zu installieren."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2235
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
 msgid ""
 "Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
 "package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -5956,12 +6010,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2237
+#: release-manual.xml:2279
 msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2239
+#: release-manual.xml:2281
 msgid ""
 "See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
 "information on Moodle."
@@ -5970,12 +6024,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "mehr zu Moodle"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2245
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
 msgid "Monitoring pupils"
 msgstr "Schüler kontrollieren"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2247
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
 msgid ""
 "Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
 "students."
@@ -5984,7 +6038,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Schüler zu beaufsichtigen."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2249
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
 msgid ""
 "Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
 "index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -5994,12 +6048,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "index.php?title=Main_Page'>hier</ulink>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2252
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
 msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2255
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -6009,26 +6063,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2304
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
 "humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2310
 msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2270
+#: release-manual.xml:2312
 msgid ""
 "Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
 "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2318
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
 "restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -6036,12 +6090,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2282
+#: release-manual.xml:2324
 msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
 msgstr "swi-prolog auf Etch installieren"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2284
+#: release-manual.xml:2326
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
 "not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -6052,7 +6106,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "installieren."
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2296
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -6072,7 +6126,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2304
+#: release-manual.xml:2346
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
 "<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -6081,7 +6135,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2319
+#: release-manual.xml:2361
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
 "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -6092,22 +6146,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "aber interessant"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2328
+#: release-manual.xml:2370
 msgid "Contribute"
 msgstr "Helfen sie mit"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2334
+#: release-manual.xml:2376
 msgid "Let us know you exist"
 msgstr "Lassen sie uns wissen dass es sie gibt"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2337
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
 msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2384
 msgid ""
 "There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
 "contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -6120,7 +6174,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Hilfe.<inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2348
+#: release-manual.xml:2390
 msgid ""
 "The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
 "system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -6138,12 +6192,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> zur Verfügung."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2396
 msgid "Contribute locally"
 msgstr "Lokale Helfer"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2356
+#: release-manual.xml:2398
 msgid ""
 "Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
 "of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -6154,7 +6208,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "den Niederlanden, Japan und noch an vielen andren Orten."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2358
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
 msgid ""
 "The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
 "localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -6165,12 +6219,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "und <emphasis>Unterstützt </emphasis> zwei Seiten der gleichen Münze sind."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2365
+#: release-manual.xml:2407
 msgid "Contribute globally"
 msgstr "Globale Helfer"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2367
+#: release-manual.xml:2409
 msgid ""
 "Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
 "DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -6180,7 +6234,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "mit einem andern Thema."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2370
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
 msgid ""
 "The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
 "ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -6193,7 +6247,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Leben statt."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2373
+#: release-manual.xml:2415
 msgid ""
 "A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
 "subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -6204,12 +6258,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "edu-commits'>commit Mailingliste </ulink> einzuschreiben."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2379
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
 msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
 msgstr "Verfasser der Dokumentation und Übersetzer"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
 msgid ""
 "This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
 "If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6222,7 +6276,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "uns helfen indem sie den entsprechenden Text um ihr Wissen ergänzen."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2383
+#: release-manual.xml:2425
 msgid ""
 "The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
 "Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -6239,7 +6293,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "skolelinux.no/UserPreferences'>create a wiki user </ulink> machen."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
 msgid ""
 "Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
 "software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -6252,22 +6306,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "dieses Buches. Bitte helfen sie uns dieses Buch zu übersetzen!"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
 msgid "Support"
 msgstr "Support"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2441
 msgid "Volunteer based support"
 msgstr "Support auf Freiwilligenbasis"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2403
+#: release-manual.xml:2445
 msgid "in English"
 msgstr "auf Englisch"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
 "discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -6278,7 +6332,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "</ulink> - Supportmailingliste"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2413
+#: release-manual.xml:2455
 msgid ""
 "#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
 "not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -6288,12 +6342,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "Entwicklungsbezogen. <inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2466
 msgid "in Norwegian"
 msgstr "auf Norwegisch"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2468
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
 "bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -6304,7 +6358,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> - Supportmailingliste"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2430
+#: release-manual.xml:2472
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
 "linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -6317,17 +6371,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "Norwegen (FRSIK)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2433
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
 msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
 msgstr "#skolelinux auf irc.debian.org - IRC Channel für norwegische Nuzter"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2439
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
 msgid "in German"
 msgstr "auf Deutsch"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2441
+#: release-manual.xml:2483
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
 "skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
@@ -6336,7 +6390,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2445
+#: release-manual.xml:2487
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
 "wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
@@ -6345,19 +6399,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "Wiki mit vielen HowTos und ähnlichem."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2448
+#: release-manual.xml:2490
 msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
 msgstr ""
 "#skolelinux.de auf irc.debian.org - IRC Channel zur Unterstützung deutscher "
 "Benutzung"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2454
+#: release-manual.xml:2496
 msgid "in French"
 msgstr "auf Französisch"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2456
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
 "org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
@@ -6366,12 +6420,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2506
 msgid "in Spanish"
 msgstr "auf Spanisch"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2466
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
 "spanish portal"
@@ -6380,12 +6434,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "Das spanische Skolelinuxportal"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2475
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
 msgid "Professional support"
 msgstr "Professioneller Support"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2477
+#: release-manual.xml:2519
 msgid ""
 "Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
 "url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -6397,20 +6451,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
 msgid "Copyright and authors"
 msgstr "Copyright und Autoren"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2488
+#: release-manual.xml:2530
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
 "Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
 "(2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), "
 "Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker "
-"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) and John Bildoy (2007) and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
+"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007) and Joakim "
+"Seeberg (2008)a and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
 msgstr ""
 "Dieses Dokument wurde von Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), Petter Reinholdtsen "
 "(2007), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf "
@@ -6420,7 +6474,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert. Viel Freude!"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2532
 msgid ""
 "If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
 "are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -6433,12 +6487,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "lizensieren Sie es unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2496
+#: release-manual.xml:2538
 msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
 msgstr "Copyright und Autoren der Übersetzung"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2540
 msgid ""
 "The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
 "and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6447,7 +6501,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "und wurde unter der GPL2 oder später lizenziert."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2542
 msgid ""
 "The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
 "(2007) and Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and is released under the GPL2 or "
@@ -6458,7 +6512,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2502
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
 msgid ""
 "The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
 "Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
@@ -6471,7 +6525,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Hatje (2008) und ist unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert. "
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2546
 msgid ""
 "The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
 "and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6481,12 +6535,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "lizenziert."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2551
 msgid "Translations of this document"
 msgstr "Übersetzungen dieses Dokuments"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2553
 msgid ""
 "Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
 "translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -6496,12 +6550,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "unvollständige Übersetzungen in das norwegische Bokmål, Spanisch und Deutsch."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2515
+#: release-manual.xml:2557
 msgid "HowTo translate this document"
 msgstr "Anleitung zum Übersetzen dieses Dokuments"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2517
+#: release-manual.xml:2559
 msgid ""
 "Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
 "software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6516,7 +6570,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "translations </computeroutput>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2520
+#: release-manual.xml:2562
 msgid ""
 "To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
 "<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -6532,7 +6586,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "debian-edu-doc ein."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2524
+#: release-manual.xml:2566
 msgid ""
 "You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
 "anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6544,7 +6598,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> installiert sein muss:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2528
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
 "edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6553,7 +6607,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "edu-doc </computeroutput>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2533
+#: release-manual.xml:2575
 msgid ""
 "Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
 "$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6566,7 +6620,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2537
+#: release-manual.xml:2579
 msgid ""
 "Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
 "do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6576,7 +6630,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Mailingliste senden."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2539
+#: release-manual.xml:2581
 msgid ""
 "To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
 "the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -6586,12 +6640,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "Verzeichnis:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2542
+#: release-manual.xml:2584
 msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
 msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2589
 msgid ""
 "Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
 "find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -6602,28 +6656,28 @@ msgstr ""
 "Sprache erzeugt bzw. eine bestehende ergänzt."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2549
+#: release-manual.xml:2591
 msgid "Please report any problems."
 msgstr "Bitte melden sie Fehler."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2555
+#: release-manual.xml:2597
 msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
 msgstr "Anhang A - The GNU Public Licence"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
 msgstr "Für Übersetzer: Die GPL muss nicht übersetzt werden. ]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2562
+#: release-manual.xml:2604
 msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
 msgstr "Anleitung zum Release von Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2564
+#: release-manual.xml:2606
 msgid ""
 "Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
 "org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -6636,7 +6690,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\">Copyrightkapitel</link> verweisen."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2567
+#: release-manual.xml:2609
 msgid ""
 "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
 "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6649,7 +6703,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "any later version."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#: release-manual.xml:2611
 msgid ""
 "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
 "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6662,7 +6716,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "more details."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2571
+#: release-manual.xml:2613
 msgid ""
 "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
 "this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6673,17 +6727,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2576
+#: release-manual.xml:2618
 msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
 msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2578
+#: release-manual.xml:2620
 msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
 msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#: release-manual.xml:2622
 msgid ""
 "Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
 "Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6696,12 +6750,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "allowed."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2585
+#: release-manual.xml:2627
 msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
 msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2587
+#: release-manual.xml:2629
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>0.  </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
 "or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -6724,7 +6778,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "term \"modification\".)  Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2590
+#: release-manual.xml:2632
 msgid ""
 "Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
 "by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of running the Program "
@@ -6741,7 +6795,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Program does."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2592
+#: release-manual.xml:2634
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>1.  </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
 "copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -6760,7 +6814,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "the Program."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2595
+#: release-manual.xml:2637
 msgid ""
 "You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
 "may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -6769,7 +6823,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#: release-manual.xml:2639
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>2.  </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
 "of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -6782,7 +6836,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2600
+#: release-manual.xml:2642
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>a)  </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
 "carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -6793,7 +6847,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "any change."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2603
+#: release-manual.xml:2645
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>b)  </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
 "distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6806,7 +6860,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "all third parties under the terms of this License"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2606
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>c)  </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
 "reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6831,7 +6885,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "print an announcement.)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2611
+#: release-manual.xml:2653
 msgid ""
 "These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If identifiable "
 "sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6854,7 +6908,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "and every part regardless of who wrote it."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2613
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
 msgid ""
 "Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
 "rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6867,7 +6921,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "based on the Program."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2615
+#: release-manual.xml:2657
 msgid ""
 "In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
 "the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6880,7 +6934,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "License."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2617
+#: release-manual.xml:2659
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>3.  </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
 "Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6893,7 +6947,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "also do one of the following:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2620
+#: release-manual.xml:2662
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>a)  </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
 "corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6906,7 +6960,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "software interchange; or,"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2623
+#: release-manual.xml:2665
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>b)  </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
 "valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6923,7 +6977,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "software interchange; or,"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2626
+#: release-manual.xml:2668
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>c)  </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
 "you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code.  (This "
@@ -6938,7 +6992,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "in accord with Subsection b above.)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2631
+#: release-manual.xml:2673
 msgid ""
 "The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
 "modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6961,7 +7015,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "component itself accompanies the executable."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2633
+#: release-manual.xml:2675
 msgid ""
 "If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
 "copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6976,7 +7030,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "the object code."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2635
+#: release-manual.xml:2677
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>4.  </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
 "sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6995,7 +7049,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "as such parties remain in full compliance."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2638
+#: release-manual.xml:2680
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>5.  </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
 "License, since you have not signed it.  However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -7016,7 +7070,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "or works based on it."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2641
+#: release-manual.xml:2683
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>6.  </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
 "Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -7035,7 +7089,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "this License."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2686
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>7.  </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
 "judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -7064,7 +7118,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "distribution of the Program."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2647
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
 msgid ""
 "If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
 "particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -7075,7 +7129,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2649
+#: release-manual.xml:2691
 msgid ""
 "It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
 "or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -7098,7 +7152,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "licensee cannot impose that choice."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2651
+#: release-manual.xml:2693
 msgid ""
 "This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
 "consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -7107,7 +7161,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "consequence of the rest of this License."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2653
+#: release-manual.xml:2695
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>8.  </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
 "the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -7126,7 +7180,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2656
+#: release-manual.xml:2698
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>9.  </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
 "publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -7139,7 +7193,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2659
+#: release-manual.xml:2701
 msgid ""
 "Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program "
 "specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -7158,7 +7212,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Foundation."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2661
+#: release-manual.xml:2703
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>10.  </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
 "the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -7179,12 +7233,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "generally."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2664
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2709
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>11.  </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
 "FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -7207,7 +7261,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2670
+#: release-manual.xml:2712
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>12.  </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
 "APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -7230,42 +7284,42 @@ msgstr ""
 "OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2676
+#: release-manual.xml:2718
 msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
 msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2682
+#: release-manual.xml:2724
 msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
 msgstr "Anhang B - Über Debian Edu Live CDs/DVDs"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2688
+#: release-manual.xml:2730
 msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
 msgstr "Features des \"Standalone\" Images"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2689
+#: release-manual.xml:2731
 msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
 msgstr "Fast alle Pakete des \"Standalone\" Profils"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2690
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
 msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
 msgstr "Alle Pakete des Laptoptasks"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2691
+#: release-manual.xml:2733
 msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
 msgstr "Das KDE Desktopprofil für Studenten/Schüler"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2697
+#: release-manual.xml:2739
 msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
 msgstr "Aktiviere Übersetzungen und Regionalsupport"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2699
+#: release-manual.xml:2741
 msgid ""
 "To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
 "UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -7283,122 +7337,122 @@ msgstr ""
 "genutzten Localecodes:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2704
+#: release-manual.xml:2746
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region)  </emphasis>"
 msgstr "Sprache (Region)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2708
+#: release-manual.xml:2750
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
 msgstr "Wert der Locale"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2712
+#: release-manual.xml:2754
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tastaturbelegung (layout) </emphasis>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2717
+#: release-manual.xml:2759
 msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
 msgstr "Norwegisches Bokmål"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2720
+#: release-manual.xml:2762
 msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
 msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2723 release-manual.xml:2733
+#: release-manual.xml:2765 release-manual.xml:2775
 msgid "no"
 msgstr "no"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2727
+#: release-manual.xml:2769
 msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
 msgstr "Norwegisches Nynorsk"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2730
+#: release-manual.xml:2772
 msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
 msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2737
+#: release-manual.xml:2779
 msgid "German"
 msgstr "Deutsch"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2740
+#: release-manual.xml:2782
 msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
 msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2743
+#: release-manual.xml:2785
 msgid "de"
 msgstr "de"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2747
+#: release-manual.xml:2789
 msgid "French (France)"
 msgstr "Französisch (Frankreich)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2750
+#: release-manual.xml:2792
 msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
 msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2753
+#: release-manual.xml:2795
 msgid "fr"
 msgstr "fr"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2757
+#: release-manual.xml:2799
 msgid "Greek (Greece)"
 msgstr "Griechisch (Griechenland)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2760
+#: release-manual.xml:2802
 msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
 msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2763
+#: release-manual.xml:2805
 msgid "el"
 msgstr "el"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2767
+#: release-manual.xml:2809
 msgid "Japanese"
 msgstr "Japanisch"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2770
+#: release-manual.xml:2812
 msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
 msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2773
+#: release-manual.xml:2815
 msgid "jp"
 msgstr "jp"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2777
+#: release-manual.xml:2819
 msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
 msgstr "Nördliches Sami (Norwegen)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2780
+#: release-manual.xml:2822
 msgid "se_NO"
 msgstr "se_NO"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2783
+#: release-manual.xml:2825
 msgid "no(smi)"
 msgstr "no(smi)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2790
+#: release-manual.xml:2832
 msgid ""
 "A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
 "i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7412,34 +7466,34 @@ msgstr ""
 "kann können in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/ gefunden werden."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2796
+#: release-manual.xml:2838
 msgid "Stuff to know"
 msgstr "Interessante Dinge"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2797
+#: release-manual.xml:2839
 msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
 msgstr ""
 "Das Passwort für den Benuter ist \"user\", für root wurde kein Passwort "
 "gesetzt."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2803
+#: release-manual.xml:2845
 msgid "Known issues with the image"
 msgstr "Bekannte Probleme mit dem Image"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2804
+#: release-manual.xml:2846
 msgid "none known yet."
 msgstr "Zur Zeit keine bekannt."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2810
+#: release-manual.xml:2852
 msgid "Download"
 msgstr "Download"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2812
+#: release-manual.xml:2854
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
index 64a7514..6c80271 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-03-08  0:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-03-10 18:46+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-14 15:05+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: \n"
 "Language-Team:  <es at li.org>\n"
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: release-manual.xml:8
 msgid ""
 "This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-03-07</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-03-10</computeroutput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
@@ -1221,8 +1221,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:332 release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:1502
-#: release-manual.xml:2306 release-manual.xml:2343 release-manual.xml:2414
+#: release-manual.xml:332 release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:2348
+#: release-manual.xml:2385 release-manual.xml:2456
 msgid "<phrase>:-)  </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>:-)  </phrase>"
 
@@ -1515,7 +1515,8 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:476 release-manual.xml:560 release-manual.xml:1947
+#: release-manual.xml:476 release-manual.xml:560 release-manual.xml:1504
+#: release-manual.xml:1989
 msgid "<phrase>:)  </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>:)  </phrase>"
 
@@ -2469,9 +2470,9 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
 #: release-manual.xml:949 release-manual.xml:982 release-manual.xml:1018
-#: release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1781 release-manual.xml:1888
-#: release-manual.xml:1913 release-manual.xml:1920 release-manual.xml:2259
-#: release-manual.xml:2273 release-manual.xml:2288
+#: release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1823 release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1955 release-manual.xml:1962 release-manual.xml:2301
+#: release-manual.xml:2315 release-manual.xml:2330
 msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
 
@@ -3668,9 +3669,10 @@ msgstr "Administración de Usuarios"
 #: release-manual.xml:1432
 msgid ""
 "The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
-"linkend=\"Maintainance\">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get "
-"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintainance work. The "
-"howtos in this chapter are already \"advanced\" tipps and tricks."
+"linkend=\"Maintainance\">DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance</link> "
+"chapters describe how to get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic "
+"maintainance work. The howtos in this chapter are already \"advanced\" tipps "
+"and tricks."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
@@ -3737,7 +3739,7 @@ msgid "List of useful commands:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1460
+#: release-manual.xml:1462
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -3749,60 +3751,60 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1469
+#: release-manual.xml:1471
 msgid "Usage examples"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1471
+#: release-manual.xml:1473
 msgid ""
 "In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
 "system was installed:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1474
+#: release-manual.xml:1476
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1477
+#: release-manual.xml:1479
 msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1480
+#: release-manual.xml:1482
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1483
+#: release-manual.xml:1485
 msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1486
+#: release-manual.xml:1488
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1489
+#: release-manual.xml:1491
 msgid ""
 "To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
 "file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1492
+#: release-manual.xml:1494
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -3810,41 +3812,41 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1495
+#: release-manual.xml:1497
 msgid ""
 "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1498
+#: release-manual.xml:1500
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1501
+#: release-manual.xml:1503
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
 "ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1508
+#: release-manual.xml:1510
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1514
+#: release-manual.xml:1516
 msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1516
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
 msgid ""
 "/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
 "installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -3852,7 +3854,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1519
+#: release-manual.xml:1521
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -3860,19 +3862,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1522
+#: release-manual.xml:1524
 msgid ""
 "This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
 "cronjob."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1528
+#: release-manual.xml:1530
 msgid "Resize Partitions"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1530
+#: release-manual.xml:1532
 msgid ""
 "Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes.  Only the /boot/ "
 "partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -3882,7 +3884,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: release-manual.xml:1534
 msgid ""
 "It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
 "partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -3892,7 +3894,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1534
+#: release-manual.xml:1536
 msgid ""
 "To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
 "fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided.  When invoked, it reads "
@@ -3907,13 +3909,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1543
+#: release-manual.xml:1545
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
 msgstr "Gestión de impresoras"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1545
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
 msgid ""
 "Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
 "are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
@@ -3921,7 +3923,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1548
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
 msgid ""
 "To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
 "<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -3929,25 +3931,25 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1553
 msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1552
+#: release-manual.xml:1556
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0 \n"
+"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
 "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1559
+#: release-manual.xml:1563
 msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1561
+#: release-manual.xml:1565
 msgid ""
 "Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
 "is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -3955,12 +3957,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1566
+#: release-manual.xml:1570
 msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1568
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -3968,7 +3970,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "indicaciones básicas:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1570
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
 msgid ""
 "Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
 "scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -3980,12 +3982,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1580
 msgid "How to use volatile"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1578
+#: release-manual.xml:1582
 msgid ""
 "Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
 "archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -3995,7 +3997,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1583
+#: release-manual.xml:1587
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -4003,19 +4005,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1586
+#: release-manual.xml:1590
 msgid ""
 "And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
 "computeroutput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1593
+#: release-manual.xml:1597
 msgid "Using backports.org"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595
+#: release-manual.xml:1599
 msgid ""
 "You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
 "It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
@@ -4023,7 +4025,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1597
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
 msgid ""
 "Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
 "unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -4036,7 +4038,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
 msgid ""
 "You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
 "<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -4045,7 +4047,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1607
+#: release-manual.xml:1611
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
@@ -4055,7 +4057,7 @@ msgid ""
 "# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
 "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
 "# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
-"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add - \n"
+"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
 "# update the list of available packages:\n"
 "aptitude update\n"
 "]]>\n"
@@ -4063,7 +4065,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
 "</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
 "</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions on backports.org\n"
-"</ulink>.  \n"
+"</ulink>. \n"
 "</para>\n"
 "<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually. \n"
 "</para>\n"
@@ -4078,12 +4080,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1642
 msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1640
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
 msgid ""
 "A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
 "the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
@@ -4093,7 +4095,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1648
 msgid ""
 "To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
 "host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
@@ -4102,14 +4104,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1647
+#: release-manual.xml:1651
 msgid ""
 "Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
 "similar to this:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1649
+#: release-manual.xml:1655
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
@@ -4119,17 +4121,68 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1654
-msgid "XXX This need to be completed and tested."
+#: release-manual.xml:1660
+msgid "FIXME: This need to be completed and tested."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1665
+msgid "Creating a folder in all users home directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
+msgid ""
+"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home "
+"directory and set access permissions and Ownership."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
+msgid ""
+"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user "
+"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
+"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1672
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"\n"
+"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
+" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
+" permissions=\"770\";\n"
+" created_dir=0;\n"
+"\n"
+"for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
+"\n"
+" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+"  . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+"   . #set the right owner and group\n"
+" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
+"  user=$home\n"
+" group=teachers\n"
+" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+" else\n"
+"  . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
+" . fi\n"
+"done\n"
+"\n"
+"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+"]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1659 release-manual.xml:2206 release-manual.xml:2314
+#: release-manual.xml:1701 release-manual.xml:2248 release-manual.xml:2356
 msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1661 release-manual.xml:2208 release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:2250 release-manual.xml:2358
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
@@ -4145,73 +4198,73 @@ msgstr ""
 "mover los de los usuarios <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink>aquí."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1689
+#: release-manual.xml:1731
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
 msgstr "Administración de Usuarios"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1695
+#: release-manual.xml:1737
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
 msgstr "modificar el modo Kiosk"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1697
+#: release-manual.xml:1739
 msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1699
+#: release-manual.xml:1741
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
 "of the students file group)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1701
+#: release-manual.xml:1743
 msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1702
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
 msgid ""
 "makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
 "kde panel"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1703
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "adept is not started"
 msgstr "Para empezar"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704
+#: release-manual.xml:1746
 msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1705
+#: release-manual.xml:1747
 msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1708
+#: release-manual.xml:1750
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
 "user and members of the admins file group)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1710
+#: release-manual.xml:1752
 msgid ""
 "adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
 "easy access to all the administration programs"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1713
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
 "be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
@@ -4220,7 +4273,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1717
+#: release-manual.xml:1759
 msgid ""
 "If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
 "ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
@@ -4231,7 +4284,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1721
+#: release-manual.xml:1763
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
 "</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
@@ -4239,12 +4292,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1728
+#: release-manual.xml:1770
 msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1730
+#: release-manual.xml:1772
 msgid ""
 "In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
 "it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4252,14 +4305,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1733
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
 msgid ""
 "Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
 "<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1735
+#: release-manual.xml:1777
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4268,19 +4321,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1739
+#: release-manual.xml:1781
 msgid ""
 "See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
 "information on how these variables are used."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+#: release-manual.xml:1787
 msgid "Flash"
 msgstr "Flash"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1747
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
@@ -4291,12 +4344,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "binario precompilado de Adobe para convertirlo antes en un paquete Debian."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1750
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
 msgid "There are three requirements to do so:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
+#: release-manual.xml:1794
 msgid ""
 "add backports.org to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> "
 "as decribed in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">general adminstration "
@@ -4304,7 +4357,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1756
+#: release-manual.xml:1798
 msgid ""
 "add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </"
 "computeroutput> (the file probably does not exist, so you might have to "
@@ -4312,7 +4365,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1762
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
@@ -4322,7 +4375,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1809
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "as the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> package is only "
@@ -4334,19 +4387,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "binario precompilado de Adobe para convertirlo antes en un paquete Debian."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1774
+#: release-manual.xml:1816
 msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1776
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
 msgid ""
 "# FIXME: describe to install this package from out etch-test repository with "
 "a trustpath."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1778
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
 msgid ""
 "If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
 "(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -4354,7 +4407,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1784 release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:1826 release-manual.xml:2333
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
 "software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4363,7 +4416,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1789
+#: release-manual.xml:1831
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4371,12 +4424,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
 msgid "Then:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1793
+#: release-manual.xml:1835
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4384,25 +4437,25 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1796
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
 msgid ""
 "To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
 "package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1844
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Other useful plugins"
 msgstr "Otros temas"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1846
 msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1805
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4410,12 +4463,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1853
 msgid "Playing DVDs"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1813
+#: release-manual.xml:1855
 msgid ""
 "libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
 "it's not included in Debian (Edu).  If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4424,7 +4477,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1814
+#: release-manual.xml:1856
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4432,19 +4485,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
 msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1822
+#: release-manual.xml:1864
 msgid ""
 "To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
 "just add"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4452,24 +4505,24 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1826
+#: release-manual.xml:1868
 msgid ""
 "to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
 "multimedia-keyring)."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1832
+#: release-manual.xml:1874
 msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1838
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
 msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
 msgstr "Clientes ligeros vs Puestos sin disco"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1840
+#: release-manual.xml:1882
 msgid ""
 "Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
 "workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4482,17 +4535,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1846
+#: release-manual.xml:1888
 msgid "LTSP in detail"
 msgstr "LTSP en detalle"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1850
+#: release-manual.xml:1892
 msgid "lts.conf"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1894
 msgid ""
 "To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
 "can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4502,7 +4555,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1856
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
 msgid ""
 "The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
 "computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4511,14 +4564,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1860
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
 msgid ""
 "Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
 "something like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1863
+#: release-manual.xml:1905
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4529,19 +4582,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1869
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
 msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1913
 msgid ""
 "Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
 "client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1915
 msgid ""
 "To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
 "add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4550,12 +4603,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1880
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
 msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1882
+#: release-manual.xml:1924
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
 "for load balancing.  One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4567,19 +4620,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1891
+#: release-manual.xml:1933
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
 "edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1938
 msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1940
 msgid ""
 "If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
 "is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4588,22 +4641,22 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1942
 msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1944
 msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
+#: release-manual.xml:1950
 msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
+#: release-manual.xml:1952
 msgid ""
 "Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
 "tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -4611,7 +4664,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
 "not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
@@ -4619,19 +4672,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1923
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
 "computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1926
+#: release-manual.xml:1968
 msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1929
+#: release-manual.xml:1971
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "X -query ltspserverXX\n"
@@ -4639,12 +4692,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:1974
 msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1935
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -4652,21 +4705,21 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1938
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
 msgid ""
 "The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
 "the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1940
+#: release-manual.xml:1982
 msgid ""
 "If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
 "add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1943
+#: release-manual.xml:1985
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -4674,19 +4727,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1946
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
 msgid ""
 "The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
 "<inlinemediaobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952
+#: release-manual.xml:1994
 msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1955
+#: release-manual.xml:1997
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -4694,12 +4747,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:2000
 msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1961
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -4707,23 +4760,23 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964
+#: release-manual.xml:2006
 msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1969
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
 msgstr "Conectar máquinas windows a la red / integración con windows"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1973
+#: release-manual.xml:2015
 msgid "Joining the domain"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1975
+#: release-manual.xml:2017
 msgid ""
 "For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
 "joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4736,7 +4789,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "de autentificar a los usuarios."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
 msgid ""
 "In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
 "required:"
@@ -4745,14 +4798,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "(pocos) pasos:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
+#: release-manual.xml:2021
 msgid ""
 "1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
 "existing)"
 msgstr "1. Crear un usuario en el grupo \"admins\" (si no existiera ya)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1981
+#: release-manual.xml:2023
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
@@ -4768,12 +4821,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "contraseña para root en Samba."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
+#: release-manual.xml:2028
 msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
 msgstr "2. Concigurar el cliente Windows como un puesto estático"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1988
+#: release-manual.xml:2030
 msgid ""
 "When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
 "controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4794,7 +4847,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "unirse al dominio."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1992
+#: release-manual.xml:2034
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
@@ -4805,20 +4858,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "configuración de ip)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:2035
 msgid ""
 "It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
 "Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2038
 msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
 msgstr ""
 "4. Unirse al dominio como de costumbre con el usuario añadido en el paso 1."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1997
+#: release-manual.xml:2039
 msgid ""
 "Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
 "should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4832,7 +4885,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2000
+#: release-manual.xml:2042
 msgid ""
 "Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
 "Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -4848,12 +4901,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"Mis Documentos\"."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2004
+#: release-manual.xml:2046
 msgid "User groups in Windows"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2006
+#: release-manual.xml:2048
 msgid ""
 "Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
 "<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4864,7 +4917,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2010
+#: release-manual.xml:2052
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4874,12 +4927,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2061
 msgid "XP home"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2021
+#: release-manual.xml:2063
 msgid ""
 "Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
 "their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4888,12 +4941,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2026
+#: release-manual.xml:2068
 msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2028
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
 msgid ""
 "Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
 "items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4904,7 +4957,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2030
+#: release-manual.xml:2072
 msgid ""
 "Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
 "copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
@@ -4915,7 +4968,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2032
+#: release-manual.xml:2074
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
 "deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
@@ -4924,7 +4977,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2035
+#: release-manual.xml:2077
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way to "
 "deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4934,22 +4987,22 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2040 release-manual.xml:2123
+#: release-manual.xml:2082 release-manual.xml:2165
 msgid "Using machine policies"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2042
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
 msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2043
+#: release-manual.xml:2085
 msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
 msgid ""
 "Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
 "-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4959,56 +5012,56 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2046
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
 msgid "log"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2047
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
 msgid "Locale settings"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2048 release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:2090 release-manual.xml:2093
 msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
 msgid "My Documents"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2050
+#: release-manual.xml:2092
 msgid "Application Data"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
 msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2056
+#: release-manual.xml:2098
 msgid ""
 "Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
 "all other windows machines."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2058
+#: release-manual.xml:2100
 msgid ""
 "It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
 "included at install time."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2066 release-manual.xml:2139 release-manual.xml:2164
+#: release-manual.xml:2108 release-manual.xml:2181 release-manual.xml:2206
 msgid "Using global policies"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:2110
 msgid ""
 "By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
 "Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -5019,49 +5072,49 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2073
+#: release-manual.xml:2115
 msgid "Editing Windows registry"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
 msgid ""
 "You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
 "to other computers"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2118
 msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2078
+#: release-manual.xml:2120
 msgid ""
 "Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
 "NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2082
+#: release-manual.xml:2124
 msgid ""
 "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2086
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
 msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2131
 msgid ""
 "Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
 "policy)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2092
+#: release-manual.xml:2134
 msgid ""
 "Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
 "selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5069,18 +5122,18 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Sources:"
 msgstr "Recursos"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2159
 msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2161
 msgid ""
 "Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
 "may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5090,7 +5143,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2167
 msgid ""
 "Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
 "msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5099,7 +5152,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2127
+#: release-manual.xml:2169
 msgid ""
 "One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
 "folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5107,36 +5160,36 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2129
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
 msgid ""
 "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2174
 msgid ""
 "Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
 "Files"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2141
+#: release-manual.xml:2183
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "FIXME"
 msgstr "POR CORREGIR"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#: release-manual.xml:2189
 msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2193
 msgid "Using a local policy"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
+#: release-manual.xml:2195
 msgid ""
 "Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
 "This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5144,29 +5197,29 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2197
 msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2157
+#: release-manual.xml:2199
 msgid ""
 "Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
 "profiles"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2166
+#: release-manual.xml:2208
 msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2171
+#: release-manual.xml:2213
 msgid "altering samba config"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
+#: release-manual.xml:2215
 msgid ""
 "By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
 "network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5176,7 +5229,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2176
+#: release-manual.xml:2218
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5185,12 +5238,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2185
+#: release-manual.xml:2227
 msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2187
+#: release-manual.xml:2229
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
@@ -5202,21 +5255,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "a Skolelinux desde su casa usando Windows, Mac o Linux."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2231
 msgid ""
 "RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
 "<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
 msgid ""
 "VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
 "Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2196
+#: release-manual.xml:2238
 msgid ""
 "NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
 "remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5225,14 +5278,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2240
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
 "client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2224
+#: release-manual.xml:2266
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5240,19 +5293,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> de este documento"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
 msgid "Moodle"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2274
 msgid ""
 "Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
 "install moodle."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2235
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
 msgid ""
 "Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
 "package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -5263,31 +5316,31 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2237
+#: release-manual.xml:2279
 msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2239
+#: release-manual.xml:2281
 msgid ""
 "See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
 "information on Moodle."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2245
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
 msgid "Monitoring pupils"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2247
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
 msgid ""
 "Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
 "students."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2249
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
 msgid ""
 "Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
 "index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -5295,12 +5348,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2252
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
 msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2255
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -5308,26 +5361,26 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2304
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
 "humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2310
 msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2270
+#: release-manual.xml:2312
 msgid ""
 "Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
 "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2318
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
 "restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -5335,12 +5388,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2282
+#: release-manual.xml:2324
 msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2284
+#: release-manual.xml:2326
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
 "not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -5348,7 +5401,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2296
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -5361,14 +5414,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2304
+#: release-manual.xml:2346
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
 "<inlinemediaobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2319
+#: release-manual.xml:2361
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
 "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -5379,23 +5432,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "interesante"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2328
+#: release-manual.xml:2370
 msgid "Contribute"
 msgstr "Contribuir"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2334
+#: release-manual.xml:2376
 msgid "Let us know you exist"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2337
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>:-)  </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2384
 msgid ""
 "There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
 "contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5404,7 +5457,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2348
+#: release-manual.xml:2390
 msgid ""
 "The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
 "system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5415,13 +5468,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2396
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Contribute locally"
 msgstr "Contribuir"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2356
+#: release-manual.xml:2398
 msgid ""
 "Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
 "of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5429,7 +5482,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2358
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
 msgid ""
 "The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
 "localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5437,20 +5490,20 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2365
+#: release-manual.xml:2407
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Contribute globally"
 msgstr "Contribuir"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2367
+#: release-manual.xml:2409
 msgid ""
 "Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
 "DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2370
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
 msgid ""
 "The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
 "ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -5459,7 +5512,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2373
+#: release-manual.xml:2415
 msgid ""
 "A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
 "subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -5467,13 +5520,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2379
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
 msgstr "== Escritores de la Documentación =="
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
 msgid ""
 "This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
 "If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -5482,7 +5535,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2383
+#: release-manual.xml:2425
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
@@ -5498,7 +5551,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Translations'>Las traducciones </ulink> son parte del"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
 msgid ""
 "Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
 "software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -5507,23 +5560,23 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
 msgid "Support"
 msgstr "Soporte"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2441
 msgid "Volunteer based support"
 msgstr "Soporte basado en voluntarios"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2403
+#: release-manual.xml:2445
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "in English"
 msgstr "en inglés"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
@@ -5535,7 +5588,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "</ulink> - lista de correo para soporte en habla inglesa"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2413
+#: release-manual.xml:2455
 msgid ""
 "#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
 "not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5543,13 +5596,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2466
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "in Norwegian"
 msgstr "en noruego"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2468
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5561,7 +5614,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> - lista de correo de soporte para usuarios en habla noruega"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2430
+#: release-manual.xml:2472
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5574,18 +5627,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "linuxiskolen </ulink> - POR CORREGIR"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2433
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
 msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2439
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "in German"
 msgstr "en alemán"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2441
+#: release-manual.xml:2483
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
@@ -5596,7 +5649,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "para usuarios en habla alemana"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2445
+#: release-manual.xml:2487
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -5606,18 +5659,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2448
+#: release-manual.xml:2490
 msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2454
+#: release-manual.xml:2496
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "in French"
 msgstr "en francés"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2456
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
@@ -5627,13 +5680,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "org/debian-edu-french </ulink> lista de correo de soporte en francés"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2506
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "in Spanish"
 msgstr "en inglés"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2466
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
@@ -5643,12 +5696,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2475
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
 msgid "Professional support"
 msgstr "Soporte profesional"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2477
+#: release-manual.xml:2519
 msgid ""
 "Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
 "url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -5659,27 +5712,27 @@ msgstr ""
 "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
 msgid "Copyright and authors"
 msgstr "Copyright y authores"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2488
+#: release-manual.xml:2530
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
 "Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
 "(2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), "
 "Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker "
-"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) and John Bildoy (2007) and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
+"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007) and Joakim "
+"Seeberg (2008)a and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
 msgstr ""
 "Esto documento ha sido escrito con copyright de Holger Levsen, Petter "
 "Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß and Patrick Winnertz  2007 y distribuido bajo la "
 "licencia GPL2 o cualquier versión posterior. ¡Disfrútalo!"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2532
 msgid ""
 "If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
 "are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -5691,12 +5744,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "tu nombre aquí y libéralo bajo la GPL2 o posterior."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2496
+#: release-manual.xml:2538
 msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
 msgstr "Copyright de la traducción y Autores"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2540
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
@@ -5706,7 +5759,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2542
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
@@ -5717,7 +5770,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2502
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
@@ -5729,7 +5782,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2546
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
@@ -5739,12 +5792,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2551
 msgid "Translations of this document"
 msgstr "Traducciones de este documento"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2553
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -5755,13 +5808,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "y español."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2515
+#: release-manual.xml:2557
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "HowTo translate this document"
 msgstr "Como traducir este documento"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2517
+#: release-manual.xml:2559
 msgid ""
 "Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
 "software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -5771,7 +5824,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2520
+#: release-manual.xml:2562
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -5785,7 +5838,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "edu at l.d.o </ulink> o ponga un bug al paquete debian-edu-doc."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2524
+#: release-manual.xml:2566
 msgid ""
 "You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
 "anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5794,14 +5847,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2528
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
 "edu-doc </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2533
+#: release-manual.xml:2575
 msgid ""
 "Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
 "$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -5810,26 +5863,26 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2537
+#: release-manual.xml:2579
 msgid ""
 "Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
 "do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2539
+#: release-manual.xml:2581
 msgid ""
 "To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
 "the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2542
+#: release-manual.xml:2584
 msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2589
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -5843,31 +5896,31 @@ msgstr ""
 "mimetype=xml/docbook'>los fuentes </ulink>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2549
+#: release-manual.xml:2591
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Please report any problems."
 msgstr "Por favor, informa de otros posibles fallos importantes."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2555
+#: release-manual.xml:2597
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
 msgstr "Apéndice A - La Licencia Pública GNU (GPL)"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2562
+#: release-manual.xml:2604
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
 msgstr "Manual para Debian-Edu etch 3.0 también llamado \"Terra\""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2564
+#: release-manual.xml:2606
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
@@ -5880,7 +5933,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2567
+#: release-manual.xml:2609
 msgid ""
 "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
 "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5889,7 +5942,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#: release-manual.xml:2611
 msgid ""
 "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
 "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5898,7 +5951,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2571
+#: release-manual.xml:2613
 msgid ""
 "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
 "this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5906,17 +5959,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2576
+#: release-manual.xml:2618
 msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2578
+#: release-manual.xml:2620
 msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#: release-manual.xml:2622
 msgid ""
 "Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
 "Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5925,12 +5978,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2585
+#: release-manual.xml:2627
 msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2587
+#: release-manual.xml:2629
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>0.  </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
 "or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5944,7 +5997,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2590
+#: release-manual.xml:2632
 msgid ""
 "Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
 "by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of running the Program "
@@ -5955,7 +6008,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2592
+#: release-manual.xml:2634
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>1.  </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
 "copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5967,14 +6020,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2595
+#: release-manual.xml:2637
 msgid ""
 "You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
 "may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#: release-manual.xml:2639
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>2.  </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
 "of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5983,7 +6036,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2600
+#: release-manual.xml:2642
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>a)  </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
 "carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5991,7 +6044,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2603
+#: release-manual.xml:2645
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>b)  </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
 "distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6000,7 +6053,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2606
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>c)  </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
 "reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6015,7 +6068,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2611
+#: release-manual.xml:2653
 msgid ""
 "These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If identifiable "
 "sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6029,7 +6082,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2613
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
 msgid ""
 "Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
 "rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6038,7 +6091,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2615
+#: release-manual.xml:2657
 msgid ""
 "In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
 "the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6047,7 +6100,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2617
+#: release-manual.xml:2659
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>3.  </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
 "Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6056,7 +6109,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2620
+#: release-manual.xml:2662
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>a)  </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
 "corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6065,7 +6118,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2623
+#: release-manual.xml:2665
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>b)  </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
 "valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6076,7 +6129,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2626
+#: release-manual.xml:2668
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>c)  </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
 "you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code.  (This "
@@ -6086,7 +6139,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2631
+#: release-manual.xml:2673
 msgid ""
 "The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
 "modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6100,7 +6153,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2633
+#: release-manual.xml:2675
 msgid ""
 "If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
 "copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6110,7 +6163,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2635
+#: release-manual.xml:2677
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>4.  </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
 "sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6122,7 +6175,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2638
+#: release-manual.xml:2680
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>5.  </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
 "License, since you have not signed it.  However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6135,7 +6188,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2641
+#: release-manual.xml:2683
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>6.  </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
 "Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6147,7 +6200,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2686
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>7.  </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
 "judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6164,7 +6217,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2647
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
 msgid ""
 "If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
 "particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6172,7 +6225,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2649
+#: release-manual.xml:2691
 msgid ""
 "It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
 "or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6186,14 +6239,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2651
+#: release-manual.xml:2693
 msgid ""
 "This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
 "consequence of the rest of this License."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2653
+#: release-manual.xml:2695
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>8.  </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
 "the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -6205,7 +6258,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2656
+#: release-manual.xml:2698
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>9.  </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
 "publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -6214,7 +6267,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2659
+#: release-manual.xml:2701
 msgid ""
 "Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program "
 "specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -6226,7 +6279,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2661
+#: release-manual.xml:2703
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>10.  </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
 "the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -6239,7 +6292,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2664
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6247,7 +6300,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "indicaciones básicas:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2709
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>11.  </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
 "FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -6261,7 +6314,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2670
+#: release-manual.xml:2712
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>12.  </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
 "APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -6275,42 +6328,42 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2676
+#: release-manual.xml:2718
 msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2682
+#: release-manual.xml:2724
 msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2688
+#: release-manual.xml:2730
 msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2689
+#: release-manual.xml:2731
 msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2690
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
 msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2691
+#: release-manual.xml:2733
 msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2697
+#: release-manual.xml:2739
 msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2699
+#: release-manual.xml:2741
 msgid ""
 "To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
 "UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -6322,7 +6375,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2704
+#: release-manual.xml:2746
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region)  </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6330,7 +6383,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "indicaciones básicas:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2708
+#: release-manual.xml:2750
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6338,7 +6391,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "indicaciones básicas:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2712
+#: release-manual.xml:2754
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6346,108 +6399,108 @@ msgstr ""
 "indicaciones básicas:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2717
+#: release-manual.xml:2759
 msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2720
+#: release-manual.xml:2762
 msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2723 release-manual.xml:2733
+#: release-manual.xml:2765 release-manual.xml:2775
 msgid "no"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2727
+#: release-manual.xml:2769
 msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2730
+#: release-manual.xml:2772
 msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2737
+#: release-manual.xml:2779
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "German"
 msgstr "en alemán"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2740
+#: release-manual.xml:2782
 msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2743
+#: release-manual.xml:2785
 msgid "de"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2747
+#: release-manual.xml:2789
 msgid "French (France)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2750
+#: release-manual.xml:2792
 msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2753
+#: release-manual.xml:2795
 msgid "fr"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2757
+#: release-manual.xml:2799
 msgid "Greek (Greece)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2760
+#: release-manual.xml:2802
 msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2763
+#: release-manual.xml:2805
 msgid "el"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2767
+#: release-manual.xml:2809
 msgid "Japanese"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2770
+#: release-manual.xml:2812
 msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2773
+#: release-manual.xml:2815
 msgid "jp"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2777
+#: release-manual.xml:2819
 msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2780
+#: release-manual.xml:2822
 msgid "se_NO"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2783
+#: release-manual.xml:2825
 msgid "no(smi)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2790
+#: release-manual.xml:2832
 msgid ""
 "A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
 "i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -6456,32 +6509,32 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2796
+#: release-manual.xml:2838
 msgid "Stuff to know"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2797
+#: release-manual.xml:2839
 msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2803
+#: release-manual.xml:2845
 msgid "Known issues with the image"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2804
+#: release-manual.xml:2846
 msgid "none known yet."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2810
+#: release-manual.xml:2852
 msgid "Download"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2812
+#: release-manual.xml:2854
 msgid ""
 "The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
 "org/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
index cb395b3..ca3cd6b 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-03-08  0:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-03-10 18:46+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-09 20:08+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Claudio Carboncini <claudio.carboncini at gmail.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: italian <debian-edu at lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -37,9 +37,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><para>
 #: release-manual.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-03-07</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-03-10</computeroutput>."
 msgstr ""
 "Questo documento è stato inserito nel pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
 "doc </computeroutput> il <computeroutput>2008-03-03</computeroutput>."
@@ -848,8 +849,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
 #: release-manual.xml:191
-msgid "- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
-msgstr "- accesso alle home directory (*~/.)? - home directory - directory condivise?"
+msgid ""
+"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
+msgstr ""
+"- accesso alle home directory (*~/.)? - home directory - directory condivise?"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
 #: release-manual.xml:197
@@ -861,7 +864,8 @@ msgstr "note a caso"
 msgid ""
 "These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
 "document."
-msgstr "Queste sono note a caso che dovrebbero essere incluse in questo documento."
+msgstr ""
+"Queste sono note a caso che dovrebbero essere incluse in questo documento."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
 #: release-manual.xml:200
@@ -1284,8 +1288,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> . Questa lista è ancora incompleta <inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:332 release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:1502
-#: release-manual.xml:2306 release-manual.xml:2343 release-manual.xml:2414
+#: release-manual.xml:332 release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:2348
+#: release-manual.xml:2385 release-manual.xml:2456
 msgid "<phrase>:-)  </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>:-)  </phrase>"
 
@@ -1346,7 +1350,12 @@ msgid ""
 "you must disable the DHCP server on the main server and you will loose some "
 "features and certain documented procedures will work differently. So better "
 "disable the DHCP server on the router.)"
-msgstr "Il router non deve essere un server DHCP, può funzionare come server DNS anche se non è necessario e non sarà usato. (Se il router funziona come server DHCP si deve disabilitare il server DHCP sul server principale, ma si perderanno alcune funzionalità e alcune procedure documentate funzioneranno in maniera diversa. Così è meglio disabilitare il server  DHCP nel router.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Il router non deve essere un server DHCP, può funzionare come server DNS "
+"anche se non è necessario e non sarà usato. (Se il router funziona come "
+"server DHCP si deve disabilitare il server DHCP sul server principale, ma si "
+"perderanno alcune funzionalità e alcune procedure documentate funzioneranno "
+"in maniera diversa. Così è meglio disabilitare il server  DHCP nel router.)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
 #: release-manual.xml:359
@@ -1624,7 +1633,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "sul dettagglio dei pagamenti (per l'invio dei media) <inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:476 release-manual.xml:560 release-manual.xml:1947
+#: release-manual.xml:476 release-manual.xml:560 release-manual.xml:1504
+#: release-manual.xml:1989
 msgid "<phrase>:)  </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>:)  </phrase>"
 
@@ -1797,7 +1807,8 @@ msgstr "Scegliere un time-zone"
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
 #: release-manual.xml:531
 msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)"
-msgstr "Scegliere una mappa di tastiera (in genere la tastiera di default va bene)"
+msgstr ""
+"Scegliere una mappa di tastiera (in genere la tastiera di default va bene)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: release-manual.xml:533
@@ -1912,7 +1923,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
 #: release-manual.xml:555
-msgid "say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
+msgid ""
+"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
 msgstr ""
 "rispondi  yes al partizionamento automatico, questo distruggerà tutti i dati "
 "negli hard disk!"
@@ -2071,7 +2083,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
 #: release-manual.xml:615
-msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
 msgstr ""
 "Schermi di esempio per una installazione i386 server principale+ thin-client-"
 "server"
@@ -2711,9 +2724,9 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
 #: release-manual.xml:949 release-manual.xml:982 release-manual.xml:1018
-#: release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1781 release-manual.xml:1888
-#: release-manual.xml:1913 release-manual.xml:1920 release-manual.xml:2259
-#: release-manual.xml:2273 release-manual.xml:2288
+#: release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1823 release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1955 release-manual.xml:1962 release-manual.xml:2301
+#: release-manual.xml:2315 release-manual.xml:2330
 msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
 
@@ -3393,7 +3406,8 @@ msgstr "Aggiornamento da Debian Edu sarge"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
 #: release-manual.xml:1202
-msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
+msgid ""
+"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
 msgstr ""
 "Occorre leggere completamente questo capitolo prima di cominciare a fare "
 "l'aggiornamento del sistema."
@@ -3436,12 +3450,14 @@ msgstr ""
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
 #: release-manual.xml:1214
 msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
-msgstr "vg_data che contiene i dati della partizione come /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
+msgstr ""
+"vg_data che contiene i dati della partizione come /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
 #: release-manual.xml:1215
 msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
-msgstr "vg_system contiene la partizione del Sistema come /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
+msgstr ""
+"vg_system contiene la partizione del Sistema come /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
 #: release-manual.xml:1218
@@ -3639,7 +3655,8 @@ msgstr "* Configurare nagios-common."
 msgid ""
 "Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
 "user."
-msgstr "Occorre inserire una password per l'utente <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Occorre inserire una password per l'utente <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
 #: release-manual.xml:1285
@@ -3700,7 +3717,8 @@ msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: release-manual.xml:1307
-msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
 msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
@@ -3901,7 +3919,8 @@ msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
 #: release-manual.xml:1369
-msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
+msgid ""
+"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
 msgstr "e aspettare fino alla fine.Poi riavviare di nuovo dist-upgrade."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
@@ -4027,8 +4046,10 @@ msgstr "HowTo"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: release-manual.xml:1414
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
-msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione generale</link>"
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione generale</link>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: release-manual.xml:1417
@@ -4052,11 +4073,13 @@ msgstr "HowTo per l'amministrazione generale"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><para>
 #: release-manual.xml:1432
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
-"linkend=\"Maintainance\">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get "
-"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintainance work. The "
-"howtos in this chapter are already \"advanced\" tipps and tricks."
+"linkend=\"Maintainance\">DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance</link> "
+"chapters describe how to get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic "
+"maintainance work. The howtos in this chapter are already \"advanced\" tipps "
+"and tricks."
 msgstr ""
 "Le sezioni <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> e <link "
 "linkend=\"Maintainance\">Manutenzione</link> descrivono come partire con la "
@@ -4065,7 +4088,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
 #: release-manual.xml:1438
-msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+msgid ""
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
 msgstr ""
 "Installare singoli servizi sulle macchine per distribuire il carico del "
 "server principale"
@@ -4137,7 +4161,7 @@ msgid "List of useful commands:"
 msgstr "Elenco di comandi utili:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1460
+#: release-manual.xml:1462
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -4155,12 +4179,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1469
+#: release-manual.xml:1471
 msgid "Usage examples"
 msgstr "Esempi di uso"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1471
+#: release-manual.xml:1473
 msgid ""
 "In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
 "system was installed:"
@@ -4169,49 +4193,49 @@ msgstr ""
 "sono stati fatti dall'installazione iniziale:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1474
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1476
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1477
+#: release-manual.xml:1479
 msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
 msgstr "Per vedere i cambiamenti fatti in /etc/, usare questo comando:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1480
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1482
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1483
+#: release-manual.xml:1485
 msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
 msgstr ""
 "Per vedere i cambiamenti effettuati su un  determinato file occorre "
 "specificarlo:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1486
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1488
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1489
+#: release-manual.xml:1491
 msgid ""
 "To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
 "file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
@@ -4221,7 +4245,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "automaticamente:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1492
+#: release-manual.xml:1494
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -4231,22 +4255,24 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1495
-msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
-msgstr "Per registrare i manualmente cambiamenti di un file senza aspettare un'ora:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1497
+msgid ""
+"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
+msgstr ""
+"Per registrare i manualmente cambiamenti di un file senza aspettare un'ora:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1498
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1500
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1501
+#: release-manual.xml:1503
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
 "ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -4255,22 +4281,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "ignorarlo. Questa operazione è raramente utile<inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1508
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1510
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1514
+#: release-manual.xml:1516
 msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
 msgstr "Per coloro che aggiornano da sarge/woody"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1516
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
 msgid ""
 "/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
 "installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -4281,7 +4307,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "svk una volta con il seguente comando come root:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1519
+#: release-manual.xml:1521
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -4291,19 +4317,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1522
+#: release-manual.xml:1524
 msgid ""
 "This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
 "cronjob."
-msgstr "Il comando aggiunge in /etc tutti i file a svk e attiva il commit cronjob."
+msgstr ""
+"Il comando aggiunge in /etc tutti i file a svk e attiva il commit cronjob."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1528
+#: release-manual.xml:1530
 msgid "Resize Partitions"
 msgstr "Ridimensionare partizioni"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1530
+#: release-manual.xml:1532
 msgid ""
 "Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes.  Only the /boot/ "
 "partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -4318,7 +4345,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "queste non siano montate."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: release-manual.xml:1534
 msgid ""
 "It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
 "partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -4332,7 +4359,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "creare più partizioni piccole che una molto ampia."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1534
+#: release-manual.xml:1536
 msgid ""
 "To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
 "fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided.  When invoked, it reads "
@@ -4357,12 +4384,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "effettivamente il file system."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1543
+#: release-manual.xml:1545
 msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
 msgstr "Gestione dei volumi logici"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1545
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
 msgid ""
 "Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
 "are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
@@ -4373,7 +4400,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo </ulink>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1548
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
 msgid ""
 "To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
 "<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -4384,27 +4411,28 @@ msgstr ""
 "aumentare."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1553
 msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
-msgstr "Per esempio per aumentare home0 a 30GB si può usare i seguenti comandi:"
+msgstr ""
+"Per esempio per aumentare home0 a 30GB si può usare i seguenti comandi:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1552
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1556
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0 \n"
+"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
 "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]"
 msgstr ""
 "lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0 \n"
 "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1559
+#: release-manual.xml:1563
 msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
 msgstr "Usare volatile.debian.org"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1561
+#: release-manual.xml:1565
 msgid ""
 "Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
 "is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -4415,17 +4443,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'installazione di default."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1566
+#: release-manual.xml:1570
 msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
 msgstr "Cos'è debian-volatile?"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1568
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
 msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Citando dalla pagina web</emphasis>:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1570
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
 msgid ""
 "Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
 "scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -4444,12 +4472,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "rendere funzionale il programma."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1580
 msgid "How to use volatile"
 msgstr "Come usare volatile"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1578
+#: release-manual.xml:1582
 msgid ""
 "Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
 "archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4464,7 +4492,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "computeroutput>:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1583
+#: release-manual.xml:1587
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -4474,7 +4502,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1586
+#: release-manual.xml:1590
 msgid ""
 "And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
 "computeroutput>."
@@ -4483,12 +4511,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "computeroutput>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1593
+#: release-manual.xml:1597
 msgid "Using backports.org"
 msgstr "Usare backports.org"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595
+#: release-manual.xml:1599
 msgid ""
 "You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
 "It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
@@ -4499,7 +4527,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "come desideri. Backports.org serve per risolvere questo problema."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1597
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
 msgid ""
 "Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
 "unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -4520,7 +4548,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org</ulink>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
 msgid ""
 "You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
 "<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -4534,8 +4562,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "dare il seguente comando come root:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1607
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1611
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
 "echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
@@ -4544,7 +4572,7 @@ msgid ""
 "# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
 "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
 "# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
-"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add - \n"
+"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
 "# update the list of available packages:\n"
 "aptitude update\n"
 "]]>\n"
@@ -4552,7 +4580,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
 "</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
 "</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions on backports.org\n"
-"</ulink>.  \n"
+"</ulink>. \n"
 "</para>\n"
 "<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually. \n"
 "</para>\n"
@@ -4594,12 +4622,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1642
 msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
 msgstr "Accesso al server skolelinux dall'esterno del firewall"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1640
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
 msgid ""
 "A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
 "the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
@@ -4615,7 +4643,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "un'altra macchina dall'esterno del firewall."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1648
 msgid ""
 "To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
 "host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
@@ -4629,7 +4657,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "computeroutput>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1647
+#: release-manual.xml:1651
 msgid ""
 "Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
 "similar to this:"
@@ -4638,7 +4666,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dovrebbe essere simile a questo:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1649
+#: release-manual.xml:1655
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
@@ -4652,17 +4680,69 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1654
-msgid "XXX This need to be completed and tested."
+#: release-manual.xml:1660
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "FIXME: This need to be completed and tested."
 msgstr "XXX Questo deve essere completato e testato."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1659 release-manual.xml:2206 release-manual.xml:2314
+#: release-manual.xml:1665
+msgid "Creating a folder in all users home directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
+msgid ""
+"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home "
+"directory and set access permissions and Ownership."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
+msgid ""
+"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user "
+"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
+"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1672
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"\n"
+"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
+" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
+" permissions=\"770\";\n"
+" created_dir=0;\n"
+"\n"
+"for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
+"\n"
+" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+"  . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+"   . #set the right owner and group\n"
+" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
+"  user=$home\n"
+" group=teachers\n"
+" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+" else\n"
+"  . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
+" . fi\n"
+"done\n"
+"\n"
+"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1701 release-manual.xml:2248 release-manual.xml:2356
 msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
 msgstr "HowTo da wiki.debian.org"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1661 release-manual.xml:2208 release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:2250 release-manual.xml:2358
 msgid ""
 "The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
 "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
@@ -4679,22 +4759,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "rintracciarli) e di metterli sotto licenza GPL.)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1689
+#: release-manual.xml:1731
 msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
 msgstr "HowTo per il desktop"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1695
+#: release-manual.xml:1737
 msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
 msgstr "KDE Kiosk mode"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1697
+#: release-manual.xml:1739
 msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
 msgstr "Sono inclusi due profili di default:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1699
+#: release-manual.xml:1741
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
 "of the students file group)"
@@ -4703,12 +4783,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "del gruppo studenti)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1701
+#: release-manual.xml:1743
 msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
-msgstr "personalizzare l'insieme delle icone che appaiano nel desktop degli studenti"
+msgstr ""
+"personalizzare l'insieme delle icone che appaiano nel desktop degli studenti"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1702
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
 msgid ""
 "makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
 "kde panel"
@@ -4717,22 +4798,24 @@ msgstr ""
 "desktop siano presenti anche nel pannello kde"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1703
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
 msgid "adept is not started"
 msgstr "adept non è partito"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704
+#: release-manual.xml:1746
 msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
-msgstr "occorre assicurarsi che gli studenti non inizino con un'altra sezione di kde"
+msgstr ""
+"occorre assicurarsi che gli studenti non inizino con un'altra sezione di kde"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1705
+#: release-manual.xml:1747
 msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
-msgstr "disabilitare la possibilità di acquisire l'accesso di root per gli studenti"
+msgstr ""
+"disabilitare la possibilità di acquisire l'accesso di root per gli studenti"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1708
+#: release-manual.xml:1750
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
 "user and members of the admins file group)"
@@ -4741,7 +4824,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "root e per i membri del gruppo admins)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1710
+#: release-manual.xml:1752
 msgid ""
 "adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
 "easy access to all the administration programs"
@@ -4750,7 +4833,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "permettere un accesso semplice a tutti i programmi di amministrazione"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1713
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
 "be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
@@ -4764,7 +4847,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "rimette le icone del desktop di default]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1717
+#: release-manual.xml:1759
 msgid ""
 "If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
 "ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
@@ -4781,7 +4864,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "si ha la possibilità di sfogliare una nuova cartella."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1721
+#: release-manual.xml:1763
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
 "</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
@@ -4792,12 +4875,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "profile </computeroutput>. (FIXME: quale dei due?!)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1728
+#: release-manual.xml:1770
 msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
 msgstr "Modificare il login screen di kde"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1730
+#: release-manual.xml:1772
 msgid ""
 "In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
 "it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4809,7 +4892,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "quelle di default."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1733
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
 msgid ""
 "Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
 "<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
@@ -4818,7 +4901,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pacchetto<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput>:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1735
+#: release-manual.xml:1777
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4830,7 +4913,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1739
+#: release-manual.xml:1781
 msgid ""
 "See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
 "information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4839,47 +4922,50 @@ msgstr ""
 "avere informazioni su come queste variabili vanno usate."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+#: release-manual.xml:1787
 msgid "Flash"
 msgstr "Flash"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1747
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
 msgid ""
 "To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
 "<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package from "
 "backports.org."
 msgstr ""
 "Per installare il plugin per i browser web Adobe Flash Player, occorre il "
-"pacchetto debian <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput>da backports.org."
+"pacchetto debian <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput>da "
+"backports.org."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1750
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
 msgid "There are three requirements to do so:"
 msgstr "Sono richiesti tre requisiti per fare questo:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
+#: release-manual.xml:1794
 msgid ""
 "add backports.org to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> "
 "as decribed in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">general adminstration "
 "howtos</link>"
 msgstr ""
-"aggiungere backports.org a <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> "
-"come descritto nell'<link linkend=\"Administration\">howto dell'amministrazione generale</link>"
+"aggiungere backports.org a <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+"computeroutput> come descritto nell'<link linkend=\"Administration\">howto "
+"dell'amministrazione generale</link>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1756
+#: release-manual.xml:1798
 msgid ""
 "add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </"
 "computeroutput> (the file probably does not exist, so you might have to "
 "create it):"
 msgstr ""
 "aggiungere la linea seguente a <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </"
-"computeroutput> (il file ancora probabilmente non esiste, così occorre crearlo):"
+"computeroutput> (il file ancora probabilmente non esiste, così occorre "
+"crearlo):"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1762
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
@@ -4893,21 +4979,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1809
 msgid ""
 "as the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> package is only "
 "an installer-package (and does not contain the flashplugin itself, for legal "
 "reasons), it also requires a working internet connection as it will download "
 "the precompiled binary from Adobes website."
-msgstr "il plugin <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> è solo un pacchetto di installazione (e non contiene il plugin di flash, per ragioni legali), c'è quindi bisogno di una connessione internet attiva che scaricherà il file precompilato da Adobe."
+msgstr ""
+"il plugin <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> è solo un "
+"pacchetto di installazione (e non contiene il plugin di flash, per ragioni "
+"legali), c'è quindi bisogno di una connessione internet attiva che "
+"scaricherà il file precompilato da Adobe."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1774
+#: release-manual.xml:1816
 msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
 msgstr "Suono con Flash nei thin clients"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1776
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
 msgid ""
 "# FIXME: describe to install this package from out etch-test repository with "
 "a trustpath."
@@ -4916,7 +5006,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "a trustpath."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1778
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
 msgid ""
 "If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
 "(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -4928,7 +5018,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "root nel server:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1784 release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:1826 release-manual.xml:2333
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
 "software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4941,7 +5031,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "cifratura."
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1789
+#: release-manual.xml:1831
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4951,12 +5041,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
 msgid "Then:"
 msgstr "Poi:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1793
+#: release-manual.xml:1835
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4966,7 +5056,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1796
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
 msgid ""
 "To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
 "package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
@@ -4975,17 +5065,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "pacchetto flashplugin-nonfree (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1844
 msgid "Other useful plugins"
 msgstr "Altri plugin utili"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1846
 msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
 msgstr "Dopo aver aggiunto il repository per il multimedia (vedi sotto):"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1805
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4995,12 +5085,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1853
 msgid "Playing DVDs"
 msgstr "Far funzionare DVD"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1813
+#: release-manual.xml:1855
 msgid ""
 "libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
 "it's not included in Debian (Edu).  If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -5014,7 +5104,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "librerie dei dvd."
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1814
+#: release-manual.xml:1856
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -5024,12 +5114,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
 msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
 msgstr "Usare il repository multimedia:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1822
+#: release-manual.xml:1864
 msgid ""
 "To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
 "just add"
@@ -5038,7 +5128,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "trovare un mirror, o aggiungere "
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -5048,7 +5138,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1826
+#: release-manual.xml:1868
 msgid ""
 "to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
 "multimedia-keyring)."
@@ -5057,17 +5147,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "multimedia (debian-multimedia-keyring)."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1832
+#: release-manual.xml:1874
 msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
 msgstr "HowTo per i client di rete"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1838
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
 msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
 msgstr "Thin Clients vs workstation senza disco"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1840
+#: release-manual.xml:1882
 msgid ""
 "Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
 "workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -5080,17 +5170,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1846
+#: release-manual.xml:1888
 msgid "LTSP in detail"
 msgstr "LTSP in dettaglio"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1850
+#: release-manual.xml:1892
 msgid "lts.conf"
 msgstr "lts.conf"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1894
 msgid ""
 "To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
 "can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -5105,7 +5195,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "examples/lts.conf </computeroutput>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1856
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
 msgid ""
 "The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
 "computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -5117,7 +5207,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'indirizzo ip come <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </computeroutput>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1860
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
 msgid ""
 "Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
 "something like this:"
@@ -5126,7 +5216,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "1280x1024 aggiungere qualcosa di questo genere:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1863
+#: release-manual.xml:1905
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -5142,12 +5232,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1869
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
 msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
 msgstr "da qualche parte sotto la sezione default."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1913
 msgid ""
 "Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
 "client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
@@ -5156,7 +5246,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "(premendo alt+ctrl+backspace) o riavviare il client."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1915
 msgid ""
 "To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
 "add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -5169,12 +5259,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "conf </computeroutput>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1880
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
 msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
 msgstr "Equilibrare il carico sui server LTSP"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1882
+#: release-manual.xml:1924
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
 "for load balancing.  One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -5193,7 +5283,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "la chiave ssh dell'host per ognuno dei server."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1891
+#: release-manual.xml:1933
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
 "edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
@@ -5202,12 +5292,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 è stata inclusa nella 3.0r1."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1938
 msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
 msgstr "Suono con client LTSP"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1940
 msgid ""
 "If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
 "is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -5220,22 +5310,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "trovare /dev/dsp. Se questo non avviene automaticamente, la linea:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1942
 msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
 msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1944
 msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
-msgstr "dovrebbe essere aggiunta al server nel file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf"
+msgstr ""
+"dovrebbe essere aggiunta al server nel file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
+#: release-manual.xml:1950
 msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
 msgstr "Sostituire LDM con KDM"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
+#: release-manual.xml:1952
 msgid ""
 "Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
 "tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -5246,7 +5337,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ha bisogno di meno risorse diCPU sui clients e sul server."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
 "not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
@@ -5257,7 +5348,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "come ogni altra cosa."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1923
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
 "computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
@@ -5266,14 +5357,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "computeroutput> si fermeranno senza LDM."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1926
+#: release-manual.xml:1968
 msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
 msgstr ""
 "Per controllare se XDMCP sta lavorando, esegui questo comando da una "
 "workstation:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1929
+#: release-manual.xml:1971
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "X -query ltspserverXX\n"
@@ -5283,12 +5374,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:1974
 msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
-msgstr "Se siamo suun thin client nella retenetwork, occorre eseguire questo comando:"
+msgstr ""
+"Se siamo suun thin client nella retenetwork, occorre eseguire questo comando:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1935
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -5298,7 +5390,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1938
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
 msgid ""
 "The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
 "the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
@@ -5308,7 +5400,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Skolelinux)."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1940
+#: release-manual.xml:1982
 msgid ""
 "If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
 "add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
@@ -5317,7 +5409,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "aggiungere a /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1943
+#: release-manual.xml:1985
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -5327,7 +5419,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1946
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
 msgid ""
 "The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
 "<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -5336,12 +5428,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "è un commento <inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952
+#: release-manual.xml:1994
 msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
 msgstr "Quindi avvia xdmcp in kdm con il comando:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1955
+#: release-manual.xml:1997
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -5351,12 +5443,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:2000
 msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
 msgstr "Alla fine riavvia kdm eseguendo:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1961
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -5366,22 +5458,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964
+#: release-manual.xml:2006
 msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
 msgstr "(per la cortesia di Finn-Arne Johansen)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1969
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
 msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
 msgstr "Connettere macchine windows alla rete / integrazione con Windows"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1973
+#: release-manual.xml:2015
 msgid "Joining the domain"
 msgstr "Collegarsi al dominio"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1975
+#: release-manual.xml:2017
 msgid ""
 "For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
 "joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -5394,7 +5486,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "degli utenti e autenticare gli utenti attraverso il login."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
 msgid ""
 "In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
 "required:"
@@ -5403,14 +5495,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "necessari:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
+#: release-manual.xml:2021
 msgid ""
 "1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
 "existing)"
-msgstr "1. Creare un utente (se già non esiste) come membro del gruppo \"admins\""
+msgstr ""
+"1. Creare un utente (se già non esiste) come membro del gruppo \"admins\""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1981
+#: release-manual.xml:2023
 msgid ""
 "In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
 "group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that "
@@ -5425,12 +5518,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "collegarsi in quanto non c'è la password di root per Samba."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
+#: release-manual.xml:2028
 msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
 msgstr "2. Configurare i client Windows come host statici"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1988
+#: release-manual.xml:2030
 msgid ""
 "When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
 "controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -5452,7 +5545,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'autenticazione al dominio."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1992
+#: release-manual.xml:2034
 msgid ""
 "3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
 "matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)."
@@ -5462,7 +5555,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "configurazione ip)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:2035
 msgid ""
 "It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
 "Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
@@ -5471,12 +5564,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "non troverà l'host aggiunto nel passo 2."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2038
 msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
-msgstr "4. Collegarsi al dominio normalmente usando l'utente definito al passo 1."
+msgstr ""
+"4. Collegarsi al dominio normalmente usando l'utente definito al passo 1."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1997
+#: release-manual.xml:2039
 msgid ""
 "Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
 "should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5500,7 +5594,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dominio."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2000
+#: release-manual.xml:2042
 msgid ""
 "Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
 "Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5516,12 +5610,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "di \"Own files\"."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2004
+#: release-manual.xml:2046
 msgid "User groups in Windows"
 msgstr "Gruppi di utenti in Windows"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2006
+#: release-manual.xml:2048
 msgid ""
 "Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
 "<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -5538,7 +5632,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Windows non saranno a conoscenza del gruppo."
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2010
+#: release-manual.xml:2052
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5552,12 +5646,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2061
 msgid "XP home"
 msgstr "XP home"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2021
+#: release-manual.xml:2063
 msgid ""
 "Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
 "their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5571,12 +5665,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "rete."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2026
+#: release-manual.xml:2068
 msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
 msgstr "Gestire i profili roaming"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2028
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
 msgid ""
 "Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
 "items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -5594,7 +5688,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "attraverso il server."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2030
+#: release-manual.xml:2072
 msgid ""
 "Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
 "copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
@@ -5603,14 +5697,16 @@ msgid ""
 "desktop or in the My Documents folder instead of in their homedir. Also some "
 "badly designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data."
 msgstr ""
-"Dato che il profilo è copiato dal server quando ci si collega e copiato sul server "
-"quando ci si disconnette dalla rete, profili pesanti possono rendere il login/logout penosamente lento. Ci sono molte ragioni che spiegano la pesantezza del profilo , ma la "
-"principale è che gli utenti salvano i loro file nel desktop o nei documenti "
-"di windows invece che nella loro directory home. Anche alcuni programmi mal "
-"progettati usano il profilo per scrivere dati."
+"Dato che il profilo è copiato dal server quando ci si collega e copiato sul "
+"server quando ci si disconnette dalla rete, profili pesanti possono rendere "
+"il login/logout penosamente lento. Ci sono molte ragioni che spiegano la "
+"pesantezza del profilo , ma la principale è che gli utenti salvano i loro "
+"file nel desktop o nei documenti di windows invece che nella loro directory "
+"home. Anche alcuni programmi mal progettati usano il profilo per scrivere "
+"dati."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2032
+#: release-manual.xml:2074
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
 "deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
@@ -5623,7 +5719,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ascoltare dire loro di non lamentarsi se il loro login è molto lento."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2035
+#: release-manual.xml:2077
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way to "
 "deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -5639,22 +5735,24 @@ msgstr ""
 "rimuovere dal profilo dell'utente."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2040 release-manual.xml:2123
+#: release-manual.xml:2082 release-manual.xml:2165
 msgid "Using machine policies"
 msgstr "Usare una politica per le macchine"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2042
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
 msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
-msgstr "Si può modificare la policy della macchina e copiarla in altri computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Si può modificare la policy della macchina e copiarla in altri computer."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2043
+#: release-manual.xml:2085
 msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
-msgstr "Scegliere un computer con windows appena installato e eseguire gpedit.msc"
+msgstr ""
+"Scegliere un computer con windows appena installato e eseguire gpedit.msc"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
 msgid ""
 "Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
 "-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -5669,37 +5767,37 @@ msgstr ""
 "linguaggio utilizzato. Esempi di directory da escludere sono"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2046
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
 msgid "log"
 msgstr "log"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2047
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
 msgid "Locale settings"
 msgstr "Setting locale"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2048 release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:2090 release-manual.xml:2093
 msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
 msgstr "File temporanei internet"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
 msgid "My Documents"
 msgstr "Documenti"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2050
+#: release-manual.xml:2092
 msgid "Application Data"
 msgstr "Application Data"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
 msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
 msgstr "Salvare i cambiamenti e uscire dall'editor dei testi."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2056
+#: release-manual.xml:2098
 msgid ""
 "Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
 "all other windows machines."
@@ -5708,7 +5806,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "in tutte le altre macchine windows."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2058
+#: release-manual.xml:2100
 msgid ""
 "It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
 "included at install time."
@@ -5717,12 +5815,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "disposizione durante l'installazione."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2066 release-manual.xml:2139 release-manual.xml:2164
+#: release-manual.xml:2108 release-manual.xml:2181 release-manual.xml:2206
 msgid "Using global policies"
 msgstr "Usare una politica globale"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:2110
 msgid ""
 "By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
 "Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -5739,12 +5837,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "qui..."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2073
+#: release-manual.xml:2115
 msgid "Editing Windows registry"
 msgstr "Modificare il registro di Windows"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
 msgid ""
 "You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
 "to other computers"
@@ -5753,12 +5851,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "chiave di registro sugli altri computer"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2118
 msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
 msgstr "Esegui Registry Editor."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2078
+#: release-manual.xml:2120
 msgid ""
 "Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
 "NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -5767,17 +5865,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2082
-msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
-msgstr "Usare il menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+#: release-manual.xml:2124
+msgid ""
+"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Usare il menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2086
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
 msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
 msgstr "Scrivere <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2131
 msgid ""
 "Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
 "policy)"
@@ -5786,7 +5886,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "(lo stesso per la politica delle macchine)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2092
+#: release-manual.xml:2134
 msgid ""
 "Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
 "selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5797,17 +5897,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "doppio click su questo per modificare il registro delle altre macchine."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
 msgid "Sources:"
 msgstr "Sorgenti:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2159
 msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
 msgstr "Ridirigere parti di profilo"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2161
 msgid ""
 "Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
 "may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5821,7 +5921,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "da software non ben programmati che usano directory condivise nella rete."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2167
 msgid ""
 "Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
 "msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5835,7 +5935,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Documenti."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2127
+#: release-manual.xml:2169
 msgid ""
 "One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
 "folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5846,12 +5946,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "si vuole utilizzare questa caratteristica si dovrebbe disabilitare"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2129
-msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
-msgstr "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
+msgid ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+msgstr ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2174
 msgid ""
 "Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
 "Files"
@@ -5860,22 +5962,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "Files"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2141
+#: release-manual.xml:2183
 msgid "FIXME"
 msgstr "FIXME"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#: release-manual.xml:2189
 msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
 msgstr "Evitare i profili roaming"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2193
 msgid "Using a local policy"
 msgstr "Usare una policy locale"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
+#: release-manual.xml:2195
 msgid ""
 "Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
 "This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5886,14 +5988,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "esempio macchine dedicate, o macchine che dispongono di poca banda."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2197
 msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
 msgstr ""
 "Si può usare il metodo della policy delle macchine descritta sopra, la "
 "chiave si trova in"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2157
+#: release-manual.xml:2199
 msgid ""
 "Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
 "profiles"
@@ -5902,17 +6004,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "profiles"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2166
+#: release-manual.xml:2208
 msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
 msgstr "FIXME: quale la chiave dei profili roaming per la politica global"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2171
+#: release-manual.xml:2213
 msgid "altering samba config"
 msgstr "modificare la configurazione samba"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
+#: release-manual.xml:2215
 msgid ""
 "By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
 "network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5927,7 +6029,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "path e logon home, poi riavviare samba."
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2176
+#: release-manual.xml:2218
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5939,12 +6041,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2185
+#: release-manual.xml:2227
 msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
 msgstr "Desktop remoti con RDP, VNC, NX o Citrix"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2187
+#: release-manual.xml:2229
 msgid ""
 "Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
 "teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5955,7 +6057,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "che hanno Windows, Mac o Linux."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2231
 msgid ""
 "RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
 "<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5964,7 +6066,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
 msgid ""
 "VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
 "Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5973,7 +6075,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "occorre installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2196
+#: release-manual.xml:2238
 msgid ""
 "NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
 "remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5986,7 +6088,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "detto che questa soluzione è stabile."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2240
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
 "client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -5995,17 +6097,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "client HowTo </ulink> per accedere a Windows terminal server da Skolelinux."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2224
+#: release-manual.xml:2266
 msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
 msgstr "HowTo per insegnare e imparare"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
 msgid "Moodle"
 msgstr "Moodle"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2274
 msgid ""
 "Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
 "install moodle."
@@ -6014,7 +6116,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "per installare moodle."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2235
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
 msgid ""
 "Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
 "package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -6031,12 +6133,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "in Francia usano moodle per monitorare abilità e crediti degli studenti."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2237
+#: release-manual.xml:2279
 msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
 msgstr "FIXME: alcuni esempi, etc."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2239
+#: release-manual.xml:2281
 msgid ""
 "See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
 "information on Moodle."
@@ -6045,12 +6147,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "org'>http://moodle.org </ulink>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2245
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
 msgid "Monitoring pupils"
 msgstr "Monitorare gli allievi"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2247
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
 msgid ""
 "Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
 "students."
@@ -6059,7 +6161,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "monitorare i loro studenti."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2249
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
 msgid ""
 "Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
 "index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -6070,12 +6172,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "title=Main_Page </ulink>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2252
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
 msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
 msgstr "FIXME: spiegare come installarlo e usarlo."
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2255
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -6085,7 +6187,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2304
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
 "humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
@@ -6095,12 +6197,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "giurisdizione corrente."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2310
 msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
 msgstr "Limitare agli allievi l'accesso alla rete"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2270
+#: release-manual.xml:2312
 msgid ""
 "Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
 "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
@@ -6109,7 +6211,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "internet access. FIXME: spiegare come installarli e usarli."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2318
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
 "restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -6120,12 +6222,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "etico e illegale nella vostra giurisdizione."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2282
+#: release-manual.xml:2324
 msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
 msgstr "Installare swi-prolog in etch"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2284
+#: release-manual.xml:2326
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
 "not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -6136,7 +6238,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "distribuzione etch."
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2296
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -6156,7 +6258,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2304
+#: release-manual.xml:2346
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
 "<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -6165,7 +6267,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2319
+#: release-manual.xml:2361
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
 "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -6176,22 +6278,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "interessante"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2328
+#: release-manual.xml:2370
 msgid "Contribute"
 msgstr "Contribuire"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2334
+#: release-manual.xml:2376
 msgid "Let us know you exist"
 msgstr "Facci sapere che esisti"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2337
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
 msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2384
 msgid ""
 "There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
 "contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -6203,7 +6305,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "molto ed è già un modo concreto per contribuire. <inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2348
+#: release-manual.xml:2390
 msgid ""
 "The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
 "system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -6220,12 +6322,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "questa scheda</ulink>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2396
 msgid "Contribute locally"
 msgstr "Contribuire localmente"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2356
+#: release-manual.xml:2398
 msgid ""
 "Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
 "of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -6236,7 +6338,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Grecia, Olanda, Giappone e nel resto del mondo."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2358
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
 msgid ""
 "The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
 "localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -6247,12 +6349,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "<emphasis>supportare </emphasis> sono le due facce della stessa medaglia."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2365
+#: release-manual.xml:2407
 msgid "Contribute globally"
 msgstr "Contribuire globalmente"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2367
+#: release-manual.xml:2409
 msgid ""
 "Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
 "DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -6262,7 +6364,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ambiti."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2370
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
 msgid ""
 "The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
 "ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -6275,7 +6377,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "frequentemente in incontri in presenza."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2373
+#: release-manual.xml:2415
 msgid ""
 "A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
 "subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -6286,12 +6388,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits'>commit</ulink>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2379
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
 msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
 msgstr "Documentazione per autori e traduttori"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
 msgid ""
 "This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
 "If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6304,7 +6406,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "condividere la tua conoscenza con noi."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2383
+#: release-manual.xml:2425
 msgid ""
 "The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
 "Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -6321,7 +6423,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "UserPreferences'>crea un nuovo utente wiki </ulink>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
 msgid ""
 "Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
 "software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -6335,22 +6437,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "questo libro!"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
 msgid "Support"
 msgstr "Supporto"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2441
 msgid "Volunteer based support"
 msgstr "Supporto basato sui volontari"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2403
+#: release-manual.xml:2445
 msgid "in English"
 msgstr "in Inglese"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
 "discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -6361,7 +6463,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "</ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2413
+#: release-manual.xml:2455
 msgid ""
 "#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
 "not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -6372,12 +6474,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "accade <inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2466
 msgid "in Norwegian"
 msgstr "in Norvegese"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2468
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
 "bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -6388,7 +6490,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2430
+#: release-manual.xml:2472
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
 "linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -6401,17 +6503,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "in Norvegia (FRISK)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2433
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
 msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
-msgstr "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel per aiutare utenti norvegesi"
+msgstr ""
+"#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel per aiutare utenti norvegesi"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2439
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
 msgid "in German"
 msgstr "in Tedesco"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2441
+#: release-manual.xml:2483
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
 "skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
@@ -6420,7 +6523,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2445
+#: release-manual.xml:2487
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
 "wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
@@ -6429,19 +6532,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "wiki con molti HowTo, etc."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2448
+#: release-manual.xml:2490
 msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
 msgstr ""
 "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC canale per supportare gli utenti "
 "tedeschi"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2454
+#: release-manual.xml:2496
 msgid "in French"
 msgstr "in Francese"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2456
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
 "org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
@@ -6450,12 +6553,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - mailinglist di supporto"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2506
 msgid "in Spanish"
 msgstr "in Spagnolo"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2466
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
 "spanish portal"
@@ -6464,12 +6567,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "portale spagnolo"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2475
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
 msgid "Professional support"
 msgstr "Supporto professionale"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2477
+#: release-manual.xml:2519
 msgid ""
 "Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
 "url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -6480,19 +6583,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
 msgid "Copyright and authors"
 msgstr "Copyright e autori"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2488
+#: release-manual.xml:2530
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
 "Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
 "(2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), "
 "Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker "
-"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) and John Bildoy (2007) and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
+"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007) and Joakim "
+"Seeberg (2008)a and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
 msgstr ""
 "Questo documento è scritto e sotto copyright da Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
 "Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
@@ -6502,7 +6606,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sotto GPL2 o versione successiva. Buon divertimento!"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2532
 msgid ""
 "If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
 "are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -6514,12 +6618,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "inserisci il tuo nome qui e rilascialo sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2496
+#: release-manual.xml:2538
 msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
 msgstr "Copyright di traduzione e autori"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2540
 msgid ""
 "The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
 "and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6528,7 +6632,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Rodríguez (2007) rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2542
 msgid ""
 "The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
 "(2007) and Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and is released under the GPL2 or "
@@ -6539,7 +6643,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "GPL2 o successiva."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2502
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
 msgid ""
 "The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
 "Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
@@ -6552,7 +6656,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "(2008) e rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2546
 msgid ""
 "The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
 "and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6561,12 +6665,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "(2007, 2008) rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2551
 msgid "Translations of this document"
 msgstr "Traduzioni di questo documento"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2553
 msgid ""
 "Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
 "translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -6575,12 +6679,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "Esistono traduzione incomplete di Norvegese Bokmål, Spagnolo e Tedesco."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2515
+#: release-manual.xml:2557
 msgid "HowTo translate this document"
 msgstr "Come tradurre questo documento"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2517
+#: release-manual.xml:2559
 msgid ""
 "Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
 "software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6595,7 +6699,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "iniziare a tradurlo."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2520
+#: release-manual.xml:2562
 msgid ""
 "To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
 "<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -6610,7 +6714,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2524
+#: release-manual.xml:2566
 msgid ""
 "You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
 "anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6622,7 +6726,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pacchetto <computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> istallato):"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2528
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
 "edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6631,7 +6735,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "edu-doc </computeroutput>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2533
+#: release-manual.xml:2575
 msgid ""
 "Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
 "$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6644,7 +6748,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "suggeriamo di usare <computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2537
+#: release-manual.xml:2579
 msgid ""
 "Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
 "do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6653,7 +6757,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "permessi per fare questo) o mandare il file alla mailinglist."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2539
+#: release-manual.xml:2581
 msgid ""
 "To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
 "the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -6662,12 +6766,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "all'interno della directory <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput>:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2542
+#: release-manual.xml:2584
 msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
 msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2589
 msgid ""
 "Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
 "find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -6678,28 +6782,28 @@ msgstr ""
 "esiste ancora uno o come aggiornare le traduzioni presenti."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2549
+#: release-manual.xml:2591
 msgid "Please report any problems."
 msgstr "Riporta qualsiasi tipo di problema."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2555
+#: release-manual.xml:2597
 msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
 msgstr "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
 msgstr "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2562
+#: release-manual.xml:2604
 msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
 msgstr "Manuale Debian per la versione Edu etch 3.0 Nome codice \"Terra\""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2564
+#: release-manual.xml:2606
 msgid ""
 "Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
 "org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -6712,7 +6816,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "owners."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2567
+#: release-manual.xml:2609
 msgid ""
 "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
 "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6725,7 +6829,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "any later version."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#: release-manual.xml:2611
 msgid ""
 "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
 "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6738,7 +6842,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "more details."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2571
+#: release-manual.xml:2613
 msgid ""
 "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
 "this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6749,17 +6853,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2576
+#: release-manual.xml:2618
 msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
 msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2578
+#: release-manual.xml:2620
 msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
 msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#: release-manual.xml:2622
 msgid ""
 "Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
 "Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6772,12 +6876,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "allowed."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2585
+#: release-manual.xml:2627
 msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
 msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2587
+#: release-manual.xml:2629
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>0.  </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
 "or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -6800,7 +6904,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "term \"modification\".)  Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2590
+#: release-manual.xml:2632
 msgid ""
 "Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
 "by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of running the Program "
@@ -6817,7 +6921,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Program does."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2592
+#: release-manual.xml:2634
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>1.  </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
 "copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -6836,7 +6940,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "the Program."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2595
+#: release-manual.xml:2637
 msgid ""
 "You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
 "may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -6845,7 +6949,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#: release-manual.xml:2639
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>2.  </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
 "of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -6858,7 +6962,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2600
+#: release-manual.xml:2642
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>a)  </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
 "carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -6869,7 +6973,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "any change."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2603
+#: release-manual.xml:2645
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>b)  </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
 "distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6882,7 +6986,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "all third parties under the terms of this License."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2606
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>c)  </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
 "reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6907,7 +7011,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "print an announcement.)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2611
+#: release-manual.xml:2653
 msgid ""
 "These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If identifiable "
 "sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6930,7 +7034,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "and every part regardless of who wrote it."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2613
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
 msgid ""
 "Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
 "rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6943,7 +7047,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "based on the Program."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2615
+#: release-manual.xml:2657
 msgid ""
 "In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
 "the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6956,7 +7060,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "License."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2617
+#: release-manual.xml:2659
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>3.  </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
 "Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6969,7 +7073,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "also do one of the following:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2620
+#: release-manual.xml:2662
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>a)  </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
 "corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6982,7 +7086,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "software interchange; or,"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2623
+#: release-manual.xml:2665
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>b)  </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
 "valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6999,7 +7103,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "software interchange; or,"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2626
+#: release-manual.xml:2668
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>c)  </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
 "you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code.  (This "
@@ -7014,7 +7118,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "in accord with Subsection b above.)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2631
+#: release-manual.xml:2673
 msgid ""
 "The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
 "modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -7037,7 +7141,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "component itself accompanies the executable."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2633
+#: release-manual.xml:2675
 msgid ""
 "If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
 "copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -7052,7 +7156,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "the object code."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2635
+#: release-manual.xml:2677
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>4.  </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
 "sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -7071,7 +7175,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "as such parties remain in full compliance."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2638
+#: release-manual.xml:2680
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>5.  </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
 "License, since you have not signed it.  However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -7092,7 +7196,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "or works based on it."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2641
+#: release-manual.xml:2683
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>6.  </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
 "Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -7111,7 +7215,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "this License."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2686
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>7.  </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
 "judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -7140,7 +7244,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "distribution of the Program."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2647
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
 msgid ""
 "If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
 "particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -7151,7 +7255,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2649
+#: release-manual.xml:2691
 msgid ""
 "It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
 "or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -7174,7 +7278,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "licensee cannot impose that choice."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2651
+#: release-manual.xml:2693
 msgid ""
 "This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
 "consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -7183,7 +7287,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "consequence of the rest of this License."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2653
+#: release-manual.xml:2695
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>8.  </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
 "the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -7202,7 +7306,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2656
+#: release-manual.xml:2698
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>9.  </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
 "publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -7215,7 +7319,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2659
+#: release-manual.xml:2701
 msgid ""
 "Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program "
 "specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -7234,7 +7338,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Foundation."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2661
+#: release-manual.xml:2703
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>10.  </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
 "the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -7255,12 +7359,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "generally."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2664
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2709
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>11.  </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
 "FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -7283,7 +7387,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2670
+#: release-manual.xml:2712
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>12.  </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
 "APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -7306,42 +7410,42 @@ msgstr ""
 "OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2676
+#: release-manual.xml:2718
 msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
 msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2682
+#: release-manual.xml:2724
 msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
 msgstr "Appendice B - Debian Edu Live CD/DVD"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2688
+#: release-manual.xml:2730
 msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
 msgstr "Caratteristiche dell'immagine Standalone"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2689
+#: release-manual.xml:2731
 msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
 msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti del profilo Standalone"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2690
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
 msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
 msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti per il laptop"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2691
+#: release-manual.xml:2733
 msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
 msgstr "Il profilo desktop KDE per studenti/allievi."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2697
+#: release-manual.xml:2739
 msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
 msgstr "Attivare traduzioni e il supporto regionale"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2699
+#: release-manual.xml:2741
 msgid ""
 "To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
 "UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -7361,122 +7465,122 @@ msgstr ""
 "Segue l'elenco dei codici locali più usati:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2704
+#: release-manual.xml:2746
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region)  </emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Linguaggio (Regione)</emphasis>:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2708
+#: release-manual.xml:2750
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Valore locale </emphasis>:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2712
+#: release-manual.xml:2754
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Layout di tastiera</emphasis>:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2717
+#: release-manual.xml:2759
 msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
 msgstr "Norvegese Bokmål"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2720
+#: release-manual.xml:2762
 msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
 msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2723 release-manual.xml:2733
+#: release-manual.xml:2765 release-manual.xml:2775
 msgid "no"
 msgstr "no"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2727
+#: release-manual.xml:2769
 msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
 msgstr "Norvegese Nynorsk"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2730
+#: release-manual.xml:2772
 msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
 msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2737
+#: release-manual.xml:2779
 msgid "German"
 msgstr "Tedesco"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2740
+#: release-manual.xml:2782
 msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
 msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2743
+#: release-manual.xml:2785
 msgid "de"
 msgstr "de"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2747
+#: release-manual.xml:2789
 msgid "French (France)"
 msgstr "Francese (Francia)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2750
+#: release-manual.xml:2792
 msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
 msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2753
+#: release-manual.xml:2795
 msgid "fr"
 msgstr "fr"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2757
+#: release-manual.xml:2799
 msgid "Greek (Greece)"
 msgstr "Greco (Grecia)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2760
+#: release-manual.xml:2802
 msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
 msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2763
+#: release-manual.xml:2805
 msgid "el"
 msgstr "el"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2767
+#: release-manual.xml:2809
 msgid "Japanese"
 msgstr "Japanese"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2770
+#: release-manual.xml:2812
 msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
 msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2773
+#: release-manual.xml:2815
 msgid "jp"
 msgstr "jp"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2777
+#: release-manual.xml:2819
 msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
 msgstr "Northern Sami (Norvegia)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2780
+#: release-manual.xml:2822
 msgid "se_NO"
 msgstr "se_NO"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2783
+#: release-manual.xml:2825
 msgid "no(smi)"
 msgstr "no(smi)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2790
+#: release-manual.xml:2832
 msgid ""
 "A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
 "i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7489,39 +7593,39 @@ msgstr ""
 "tastiera si trova in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2796
+#: release-manual.xml:2838
 msgid "Stuff to know"
 msgstr "Accorgimenti da conoscere"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2797
+#: release-manual.xml:2839
 msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
-msgstr "la password per gli utenti è \"user\", root non ha una password selezionata."
+msgstr ""
+"la password per gli utenti è \"user\", root non ha una password selezionata."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2803
+#: release-manual.xml:2845
 msgid "Known issues with the image"
 msgstr "Problemi noti con l'immagine"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2804
+#: release-manual.xml:2846
 msgid "none known yet."
 msgstr "ancora niente di conosciuto."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2810
+#: release-manual.xml:2852
 msgid "Download"
 msgstr "Download"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2812
+#: release-manual.xml:2854
 msgid ""
 "The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
 "org/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-"
 "etch-live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
 msgstr ""
-"L'immagine è 1.2 GiB ed è disponibile usando <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
-"org/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-"
-"etch-live/'>HTTP </ulink> o rsync da ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-"
-"live/."
-
+"L'immagine è 1.2 GiB ed è disponibile usando <ulink url='ftp://ftp."
+"skolelinux.org/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp."
+"skolelinux.org/cd-etch-live/'>HTTP </ulink> o rsync da ftp.skolelinux.org at "
+"cd-etch-live/."
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
index 9126910..257c361 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-03-08  0:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-03-10 18:47+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-02-24 21:09+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Håvard Korsvoll <korsvoll at skulelinux.no>\n"
 "Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <i18n-no at lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-03-07</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-03-10</computeroutput>."
 msgstr ""
 "Dette dokumentet ble plassert i pakken <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
 "computeroutput> på tidspunktet <computeroutput>2008-01-19</computeroutput>."
@@ -1272,8 +1272,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/</ulink>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:332 release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:1502
-#: release-manual.xml:2306 release-manual.xml:2343 release-manual.xml:2414
+#: release-manual.xml:332 release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:2348
+#: release-manual.xml:2385 release-manual.xml:2456
 msgid "<phrase>:-)  </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>:-)  </phrase>"
 
@@ -1620,7 +1620,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "vil diskutere hvordan du får betalt<inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:476 release-manual.xml:560 release-manual.xml:1947
+#: release-manual.xml:476 release-manual.xml:560 release-manual.xml:1504
+#: release-manual.xml:1989
 msgid "<phrase>:)  </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>:)  </phrase>"
 
@@ -2695,9 +2696,9 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
 #: release-manual.xml:949 release-manual.xml:982 release-manual.xml:1018
-#: release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1781 release-manual.xml:1888
-#: release-manual.xml:1913 release-manual.xml:1920 release-manual.xml:2259
-#: release-manual.xml:2273 release-manual.xml:2288
+#: release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1823 release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1955 release-manual.xml:1962 release-manual.xml:2301
+#: release-manual.xml:2315 release-manual.xml:2330
 msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
 
@@ -4020,11 +4021,13 @@ msgstr "Veiledninger for generell administrasjon"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><para>
 #: release-manual.xml:1432
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
-"linkend=\"Maintainance\">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get "
-"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintainance work. The "
-"howtos in this chapter are already \"advanced\" tipps and tricks."
+"linkend=\"Maintainance\">DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance</link> "
+"chapters describe how to get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic "
+"maintainance work. The howtos in this chapter are already \"advanced\" tipps "
+"and tricks."
 msgstr ""
 "Kapittelene <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Komme igang</link> og <link "
 "linkend=\"Maintainance\">Vedlikehold</link> beskriver hvordan komme igang "
@@ -4103,7 +4106,7 @@ msgid "List of useful commands:"
 msgstr "Liste over nyttige kommandoer:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1460
+#: release-manual.xml:1462
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -4121,12 +4124,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1469
+#: release-manual.xml:1471
 msgid "Usage examples"
 msgstr "Eksempel på bruk"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1471
+#: release-manual.xml:1473
 msgid ""
 "In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
 "system was installed:"
@@ -4135,48 +4138,48 @@ msgstr ""
 "gjort siden systemet ble installert:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1474
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1476
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1477
+#: release-manual.xml:1479
 msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
 msgstr ""
 "For å se listen over endringer som er gjort i /etc/, bruk denne kommandoen:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1480
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1482
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1483
+#: release-manual.xml:1485
 msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
 msgstr "For å se endringer som er gjort i en spesiell fil, oppgi filen:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1486
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1488
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1489
+#: release-manual.xml:1491
 msgid ""
 "To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
 "file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
@@ -4186,7 +4189,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dette for å gjøre det automatisk:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1492
+#: release-manual.xml:1494
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -4196,23 +4199,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1495
+#: release-manual.xml:1497
 msgid ""
 "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
 msgstr "For å melde inn en fil manuelt, fordi du ikke vil vente en time:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1498
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1500
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1501
+#: release-manual.xml:1503
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
 "ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -4221,22 +4224,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "den om å ignorere den. Men det er sjelden nyttig <inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1508
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1510
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1514
+#: release-manual.xml:1516
 msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
 msgstr "For de som oppgraderte fra sarge/woody"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1516
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
 msgid ""
 "/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
 "installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -4247,7 +4250,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "følgende kommando kjørt som root:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1519
+#: release-manual.xml:1521
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -4257,7 +4260,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1522
+#: release-manual.xml:1524
 msgid ""
 "This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
 "cronjob."
@@ -4266,12 +4269,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "innmeldingsjobben (cron)."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1528
+#: release-manual.xml:1530
 msgid "Resize Partitions"
 msgstr "Endre størrelse på partisjoner"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1530
+#: release-manual.xml:1532
 msgid ""
 "Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes.  Only the /boot/ "
 "partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -4286,7 +4289,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "mens partisjonen er avmontert."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: release-manual.xml:1534
 msgid ""
 "It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
 "partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -4301,7 +4304,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "å lage flere mindre partisjoner enn en svært stor en."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1534
+#: release-manual.xml:1536
 msgid ""
 "To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
 "fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided.  When invoked, it reads "
@@ -4325,12 +4328,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "computeroutput> trengs for faktisk å utvide filsystemet."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1543
+#: release-manual.xml:1545
 msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
 msgstr "Håndtering av logiske dataområder"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1545
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
 msgid ""
 "Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
 "are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
@@ -4341,7 +4344,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo</ulink>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1548
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
 msgid ""
 "To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
 "<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -4349,25 +4352,25 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1553
 msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1552
+#: release-manual.xml:1556
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0 \n"
+"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
 "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1559
+#: release-manual.xml:1563
 msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
 msgstr "Bruker volatile.debian.org"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1561
+#: release-manual.xml:1565
 msgid ""
 "Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
 "is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -4378,17 +4381,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "på standardinstallasjoner."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1566
+#: release-manual.xml:1570
 msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
 msgstr "Hva er debian-volatile?"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1568
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
 msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Siterer fra nettsiden:</emphasis>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1570
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
 msgid ""
 "Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
 "scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -4408,12 +4411,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "være funksjonelle."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1580
 msgid "How to use volatile"
 msgstr "Hvordan bruke volatile"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1578
+#: release-manual.xml:1582
 msgid ""
 "Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
 "archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4425,7 +4428,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "list</computeroutput>:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1583
+#: release-manual.xml:1587
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -4435,7 +4438,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1586
+#: release-manual.xml:1590
 msgid ""
 "And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
 "computeroutput>."
@@ -4444,12 +4447,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "computeroutput>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1593
+#: release-manual.xml:1597
 msgid "Using backports.org"
 msgstr "Bruk av backports.org"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595
+#: release-manual.xml:1599
 msgid ""
 "You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
 "It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
@@ -4460,7 +4463,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "enn du liker. Her er hvor backports.org kommer inn."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1597
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
 msgid ""
 "Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
 "unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -4481,7 +4484,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "org'>http://www.backports.org</ulink> for bruk av disse pakkene."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
 msgid ""
 "You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
 "<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -4495,7 +4498,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "å kjøre disse kommandoene som root:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1607
+#: release-manual.xml:1611
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
@@ -4505,7 +4508,7 @@ msgid ""
 "# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
 "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
 "# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
-"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add - \n"
+"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
 "# update the list of available packages:\n"
 "aptitude update\n"
 "]]>\n"
@@ -4513,7 +4516,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
 "</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
 "</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions on backports.org\n"
-"</ulink>.  \n"
+"</ulink>. \n"
 "</para>\n"
 "<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually. \n"
 "</para>\n"
@@ -4553,12 +4556,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1642
 msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1640
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
 msgid ""
 "A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
 "the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
@@ -4568,7 +4571,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1648
 msgid ""
 "To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
 "host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
@@ -4577,7 +4580,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1647
+#: release-manual.xml:1651
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
@@ -4587,7 +4590,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "at de inneholder disse linjene"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1649
+#: release-manual.xml:1655
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
@@ -4597,17 +4600,68 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1654
-msgid "XXX This need to be completed and tested."
+#: release-manual.xml:1660
+msgid "FIXME: This need to be completed and tested."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1665
+msgid "Creating a folder in all users home directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
+msgid ""
+"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home "
+"directory and set access permissions and Ownership."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
+msgid ""
+"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user "
+"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
+"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1672
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"\n"
+"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
+" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
+" permissions=\"770\";\n"
+" created_dir=0;\n"
+"\n"
+"for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
+"\n"
+" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+"  . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+"   . #set the right owner and group\n"
+" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
+"  user=$home\n"
+" group=teachers\n"
+" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+" else\n"
+"  . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
+" . fi\n"
+"done\n"
+"\n"
+"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+"]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1659 release-manual.xml:2206 release-manual.xml:2314
+#: release-manual.xml:1701 release-manual.xml:2248 release-manual.xml:2356
 msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
 msgstr "Veiledninger fra wiki.debian.org"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1661 release-manual.xml:2208 release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:2250 release-manual.xml:2358
 msgid ""
 "The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
 "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
@@ -4621,22 +4675,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "utviklerorientert."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1689
+#: release-manual.xml:1731
 msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
 msgstr "Veiledninger for skrivebordet"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1695
+#: release-manual.xml:1737
 msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
 msgstr "KDE Kiosk modus"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1697
+#: release-manual.xml:1739
 msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
 msgstr "To standardprofiler er inkludert:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1699
+#: release-manual.xml:1741
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
 "of the students file group)"
@@ -4645,12 +4699,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "av filgruppen students)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1701
+#: release-manual.xml:1743
 msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
 msgstr "tilpasset sett av ikoner kommer frem på elever sine skrivebord"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1702
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
 msgid ""
 "makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
 "kde panel"
@@ -4659,22 +4713,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "panelet"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1703
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
 msgid "adept is not started"
 msgstr "adept blir ikke startet"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704
+#: release-manual.xml:1746
 msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
 msgstr "sørger for at studenter ikke kan starte en annen kde-sesjon"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1705
+#: release-manual.xml:1747
 msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
 msgstr "hindrer muligheten for at studenter kan få root-tilgang"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1708
+#: release-manual.xml:1750
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
 "user and members of the admins file group)"
@@ -4683,7 +4737,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "medlemmer av filgruppen admins)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1710
+#: release-manual.xml:1752
 msgid ""
 "adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
 "easy access to all the administration programs"
@@ -4692,7 +4746,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tjener for å sørge for enkel tilgang til alle administrasjonsprogrammer."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1713
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
@@ -4705,7 +4759,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "stegene under så vil endringene dine blir overskrevet ved neste oppgradering."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1717
+#: release-manual.xml:1759
 msgid ""
 "If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
 "ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
@@ -4722,7 +4776,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "og leter frem en ny mappe."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1721
+#: release-manual.xml:1763
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
 "</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
@@ -4733,12 +4787,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "computeroutput>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1728
+#: release-manual.xml:1770
 msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
 msgstr "Modifisere innloggingskjermen kdm"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1730
+#: release-manual.xml:1772
 msgid ""
 "In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
 "it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4749,7 +4803,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "computeroutput> som oppgir variabler som overstyrer standardvariablene."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1733
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
 msgid ""
 "Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
 "<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
@@ -4758,7 +4812,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "computeroutput>-pakken:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1735
+#: release-manual.xml:1777
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4770,7 +4824,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1739
+#: release-manual.xml:1781
 msgid ""
 "See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
 "information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4779,12 +4833,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "informasjon om hvordan disse variablene blir brukt."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+#: release-manual.xml:1787
 msgid "Flash"
 msgstr "Flash"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1747
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
@@ -4797,12 +4851,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "laste ned en forhåndskompilert binærfil fra Adobe."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1750
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
 msgid "There are three requirements to do so:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
+#: release-manual.xml:1794
 msgid ""
 "add backports.org to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> "
 "as decribed in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">general adminstration "
@@ -4810,7 +4864,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1756
+#: release-manual.xml:1798
 msgid ""
 "add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </"
 "computeroutput> (the file probably does not exist, so you might have to "
@@ -4818,7 +4872,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1762
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
@@ -4828,7 +4882,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1809
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "as the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> package is only "
@@ -4842,19 +4896,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "laste ned en forhåndskompilert binærfil fra Adobe."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1774
+#: release-manual.xml:1816
 msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
 msgstr "Lyd med Flash på tynnklienter"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1776
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
 msgid ""
 "# FIXME: describe to install this package from out etch-test repository with "
 "a trustpath."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1778
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
 msgid ""
 "If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
 "(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -4865,7 +4919,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tynnklienttjeneren. For å gjøre det, så logg inn som root på tjeneren:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1784 release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:1826 release-manual.xml:2333
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
 "software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4878,7 +4932,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "signert for å sikre en tillitsti."
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1789
+#: release-manual.xml:1831
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4888,12 +4942,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
 msgid "Then:"
 msgstr "Så:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1793
+#: release-manual.xml:1835
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4903,25 +4957,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1796
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
 msgid ""
 "To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
 "package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1844
 msgid "Other useful plugins"
 msgstr "Andre nyttige programtillegg"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1846
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
 msgstr "Etter å ha lagt til multimediaarkivet:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1805
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4931,12 +4985,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1853
 msgid "Playing DVDs"
 msgstr "Avspilling av DVD"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1813
+#: release-manual.xml:1855
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
@@ -4949,7 +5003,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dette, så kan du bruke pakker fra debian-multimedia.org."
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1814
+#: release-manual.xml:1856
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4959,13 +5013,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
 msgstr "Etter å ha lagt til multimediaarkivet:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1822
+#: release-manual.xml:1864
 msgid ""
 "To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
 "just add"
@@ -4974,7 +5028,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "et nettarkiv, eller du kan legge til"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4984,7 +5038,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1826
+#: release-manual.xml:1868
 msgid ""
 "to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
 "multimedia-keyring)."
@@ -4993,17 +5047,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1832
+#: release-manual.xml:1874
 msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
 msgstr "Veiledninger for nettverksklienter"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1838
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
 msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
 msgstr "Tynnklienter vs halvtykke arbeidstasjoner"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1840
+#: release-manual.xml:1882
 msgid ""
 "Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
 "workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -5016,17 +5070,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "LtspDisklessWorkstation</ulink>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1846
+#: release-manual.xml:1888
 msgid "LTSP in detail"
 msgstr "LTSP i detalj"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1850
+#: release-manual.xml:1892
 msgid "lts.conf"
 msgstr "lts.conf"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1894
 msgid ""
 "To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
 "can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -5041,7 +5095,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "oppgi."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1856
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
 msgid ""
 "The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
 "computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -5054,7 +5108,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</computeroutput>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1860
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
 msgid ""
 "Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
 "something like this:"
@@ -5063,7 +5117,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "1280x1024, så legg til noe slikt som dette:"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1863
+#: release-manual.xml:1905
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -5079,12 +5133,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1869
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
 msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
 msgstr "et sted nedenfor standardinnstillingene."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1913
 msgid ""
 "Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
 "client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
@@ -5093,7 +5147,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "X på klienten (ved å trykke alt+ctrl+rettetast) eller restarte klienten."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1915
 msgid ""
 "To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
 "add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -5106,12 +5160,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "computeroutput>-fila."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1880
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
 msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
 msgstr "lastbalanserte LTSP-tjenere"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1882
+#: release-manual.xml:1924
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
 "for load balancing.  One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -5130,7 +5184,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ssh-nøkkelen for hver enkelt tjener."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1891
+#: release-manual.xml:1933
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
 "edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
@@ -5139,12 +5193,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1938
 msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
 msgstr "Lyd med LTSP-klienter"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1940
 msgid ""
 "If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
 "is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -5157,22 +5211,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "linjen:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1942
 msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
 msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1944
 msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
 msgstr "legges til tjeneren i filen /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
+#: release-manual.xml:1950
 msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
+#: release-manual.xml:1952
 msgid ""
 "Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
 "tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -5180,7 +5234,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
@@ -5191,19 +5245,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1923
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
 "computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1926
+#: release-manual.xml:1968
 msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1929
+#: release-manual.xml:1971
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "X -query ltspserverXX\n"
@@ -5211,12 +5265,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:1974
 msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1935
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -5224,21 +5278,21 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1938
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
 msgid ""
 "The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
 "the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1940
+#: release-manual.xml:1982
 msgid ""
 "If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
 "add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1943
+#: release-manual.xml:1985
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -5246,19 +5300,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1946
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
 msgid ""
 "The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
 "<inlinemediaobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952
+#: release-manual.xml:1994
 msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1955
+#: release-manual.xml:1997
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -5266,12 +5320,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:2000
 msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1961
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -5279,22 +5333,22 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964
+#: release-manual.xml:2006
 msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1969
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
 msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
 msgstr "Koble windowsmaskiner til nettverket / integrering av windows"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1973
+#: release-manual.xml:2015
 msgid "Joining the domain"
 msgstr "Bli med i domenet"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1975
+#: release-manual.xml:2017
 msgid ""
 "For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
 "joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -5307,14 +5361,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "autentisere brukere under innlogging."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
 msgid ""
 "In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
 "required:"
 msgstr "For å melde windowsklienter inn i domenet må noen (få) steg utføres:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
+#: release-manual.xml:2021
 msgid ""
 "1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
 "existing)"
@@ -5323,7 +5377,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "eksisterer)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1981
+#: release-manual.xml:2023
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
@@ -5339,12 +5393,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "fungere, fordi det er ingen passord for root i Samba."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
+#: release-manual.xml:2028
 msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
 msgstr "2. Sette opp windowsklienten som en statisk vert"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1988
+#: release-manual.xml:2030
 msgid ""
 "When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
 "controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -5365,7 +5419,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "med i domenet."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1992
+#: release-manual.xml:2034
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
@@ -5375,7 +5429,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dataen som er lagret på tjener (vertsnavn og ip-oppsett)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:2035
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
@@ -5385,14 +5439,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "Samba finne klare å finne klienten som ble lagt til i steg 2."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2038
 msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
 msgstr ""
 "4. Bli medlem av domenet som vanlig ved å bruke brukeren som ble lagt til i "
 "steg 1."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1997
+#: release-manual.xml:2039
 msgid ""
 "Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
 "should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5415,7 +5469,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "innloggingskjermen tilby å logge inn på domenet."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2000
+#: release-manual.xml:2042
 msgid ""
 "Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
 "Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5430,12 +5484,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "filer på H:-stasjonen i staden for \"Egne filer\"."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2004
+#: release-manual.xml:2046
 msgid "User groups in Windows"
 msgstr "Brukergrupper i Windows"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2006
+#: release-manual.xml:2048
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
@@ -5453,7 +5507,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "windowsmaskiner vil ikke være klar over grupper."
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2010
+#: release-manual.xml:2052
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5467,12 +5521,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2061
 msgid "XP home"
 msgstr "XP home"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2021
+#: release-manual.xml:2063
 msgid ""
 "Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
 "their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5485,12 +5539,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "dukke opp i Nettverksnabolaget (eller hva det nå kalles)."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2026
+#: release-manual.xml:2068
 msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
 msgstr "Håndtere roaming-profiler"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2028
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
@@ -5508,7 +5562,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "brukeren logger på, så lenge tjeneren er tilgjengelig."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2030
+#: release-manual.xml:2072
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
@@ -5527,7 +5581,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "og andre data."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2032
+#: release-manual.xml:2074
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
@@ -5541,7 +5595,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "etter, så er det deres egen feil at innlogging går tregt."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2035
+#: release-manual.xml:2077
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way to "
@@ -5558,25 +5612,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "profilen."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2040 release-manual.xml:2123
+#: release-manual.xml:2082 release-manual.xml:2165
 msgid "Using machine policies"
 msgstr "Bruk av maskinregler"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2042
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
 msgstr ""
 "du kan redigere regler for maskiner og kopiere de til alle andre maskiner."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2043
+#: release-manual.xml:2085
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
 msgstr "bruk en nyinstallert windowsmaskin og kjør gpedit.msc"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
@@ -5593,37 +5647,37 @@ msgstr ""
 "ekskluderes er"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2046
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
 msgid "log"
 msgstr "log / logg"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2047
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
 msgid "Locale settings"
 msgstr "Locale setting / Lokale innstillinger"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2048 release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:2090 release-manual.xml:2093
 msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
 msgstr "Temporary Internet Files / Midlertidige Internettfiler"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
 msgid "My Documents"
 msgstr "My Documents / Mine Dokumenter"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2050
+#: release-manual.xml:2092
 msgid "Application Data"
 msgstr "Applications Data / Applikasjonsdata"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
 msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
 msgstr "Lagre endringer, og forlat editoren."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2056
+#: release-manual.xml:2098
 msgid ""
 "Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
 "all other windows machines."
@@ -5632,7 +5686,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "til alle andre maskiner."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2058
+#: release-manual.xml:2100
 msgid ""
 "It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
 "included at install time."
@@ -5641,12 +5695,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "den ved nye installasjoner."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2066 release-manual.xml:2139 release-manual.xml:2164
+#: release-manual.xml:2108 release-manual.xml:2181 release-manual.xml:2206
 msgid "Using global policies"
 msgstr "Bruk av globale regler"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:2110
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
@@ -5664,12 +5718,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "fint om du gir en beskrivelse på wikien...."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2073
+#: release-manual.xml:2115
 msgid "Editing Windows registry"
 msgstr "Redigere windowsregisteret"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
 msgid ""
 "You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
 "to other computers"
@@ -5678,12 +5732,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "registernøkkelen til andre maskiner."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2118
 msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
 msgstr "Start registereditoren"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2078
+#: release-manual.xml:2120
 msgid ""
 "Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
 "NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -5692,19 +5746,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2082
+#: release-manual.xml:2124
 msgid ""
 "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
 msgstr ""
 "Bruk menyen <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2086
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
 msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
 msgstr "Kall den <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2131
 msgid ""
 "Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
 "policy)"
@@ -5713,7 +5767,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "måte som maskinregler)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2092
+#: release-manual.xml:2134
 msgid ""
 "Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
 "selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5724,17 +5778,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "den, eller legge den til et skript for å spre den til andre maskiner."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
 msgid "Sources:"
 msgstr "Kilder:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2159
 msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
 msgstr "Omadressere til deler av profilen"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2161
 msgid ""
 "Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
 "may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5749,7 +5803,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "til vanlige nettverkskataloger."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2167
 msgid ""
 "Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
 "msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5763,7 +5817,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "eller Mine Dokumenter."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2127
+#: release-manual.xml:2169
 msgid ""
 "One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
 "folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5774,13 +5828,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "ikke vil dette, så må du i tillegg også slå av følgende"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2129
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
 msgid ""
 "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
 msgstr "Brukeroppsett -> Administrative Maler -> Nettverk -> Frakoblete filer"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2174
 msgid ""
 "Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
 "Files"
@@ -5788,22 +5842,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "Maskininnstillinger -> Administrative Maler -> Nettverk -> Frakoblete filer"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2141
+#: release-manual.xml:2183
 msgid "FIXME"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#: release-manual.xml:2189
 msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
 msgstr "Unngå roaming-profiler"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2193
 msgid "Using a local policy"
 msgstr "Bruk av lokale regler"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
+#: release-manual.xml:2195
 msgid ""
 "Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
 "This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5814,12 +5868,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "dedikerte maskiner eller maskiner som har mindre bandbredde en vanlig."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2197
 msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
 msgstr "Du kan bruke maskinreglermetoden beskrevet over, nøkkelen er i"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2157
+#: release-manual.xml:2199
 msgid ""
 "Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
 "profiles"
@@ -5828,17 +5882,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "profiler"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2166
+#: release-manual.xml:2208
 msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2171
+#: release-manual.xml:2213
 msgid "altering samba config"
 msgstr "endring av sambaoppsett"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
+#: release-manual.xml:2215
 msgid ""
 "By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
 "network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5853,7 +5907,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "starte samba på nytt."
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2176
+#: release-manual.xml:2218
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5865,12 +5919,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2185
+#: release-manual.xml:2227
 msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
 msgstr "Skrivebordstilkopling over nettverk med RDP, VNC, NX eller Citrix"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2187
+#: release-manual.xml:2229
 msgid ""
 "Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
 "teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5881,7 +5935,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Windows, Mac eller Linux."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2231
 msgid ""
 "RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
 "<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5890,7 +5944,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "installere <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>-pakken."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
 msgid ""
 "VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
 "Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5899,7 +5953,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Bare installer pakken <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2196
+#: release-manual.xml:2238
 msgid ""
 "NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
 "remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5911,7 +5965,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sine elever siden 2005. De rapporterer at løsningen er stabil."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2240
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
 "client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -5921,18 +5975,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "Skolelinux."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2224
+#: release-manual.xml:2266
 msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
 msgstr "Veiledninger for undervisning og læring"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Moodle"
 msgstr "moodle"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2274
 msgid ""
 "Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
 "install moodle."
@@ -5941,7 +5995,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "installere moodle."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2235
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
 msgid ""
 "Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
 "package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -5952,12 +6006,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2237
+#: release-manual.xml:2279
 msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2239
+#: release-manual.xml:2281
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
@@ -5967,19 +6021,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for mer informasjon."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2245
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
 msgid "Monitoring pupils"
 msgstr "Overvåkning av elever"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2247
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
 msgid ""
 "Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
 "students."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2249
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
 msgid ""
 "Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
 "index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -5987,12 +6041,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2252
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
 msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2255
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -6002,7 +6056,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "]]"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2304
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
@@ -6012,19 +6066,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2310
 msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2270
+#: release-manual.xml:2312
 msgid ""
 "Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
 "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2318
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
@@ -6035,12 +6089,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2282
+#: release-manual.xml:2324
 msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2284
+#: release-manual.xml:2326
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
 "not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -6048,7 +6102,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2296
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -6061,7 +6115,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2304
+#: release-manual.xml:2346
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
 "<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -6070,7 +6124,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2319
+#: release-manual.xml:2361
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
 "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -6081,22 +6135,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "interessant"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2328
+#: release-manual.xml:2370
 msgid "Contribute"
 msgstr "Bidra"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2334
+#: release-manual.xml:2376
 msgid "Let us know you exist"
 msgstr "La oss vite at du er der"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2337
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
 msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
 msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2384
 msgid ""
 "There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
 "contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -6108,7 +6162,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "mye, og er der allerede et verdifullt bidrag. <inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2348
+#: release-manual.xml:2390
 msgid ""
 "The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
 "system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -6125,12 +6179,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "skjemaet</ulink>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2396
 msgid "Contribute locally"
 msgstr "Bidra lokalt"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2356
+#: release-manual.xml:2398
 msgid ""
 "Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
 "of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -6141,7 +6195,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Nederland, Japan og andre plasser."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2358
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
 msgid ""
 "The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
 "localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -6152,12 +6206,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "<emphasis>support</emphasis> er to sider av samme sak."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2365
+#: release-manual.xml:2407
 msgid "Contribute globally"
 msgstr "Bidra globalt"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2367
+#: release-manual.xml:2409
 msgid ""
 "Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
 "DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -6166,7 +6220,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "DebianEdu/Teams/'>ulike lag</ulink> som arbeider med ulike emner."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2370
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
 msgid ""
 "The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
 "ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -6179,7 +6233,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "året fysiske møter på utviklersamlinger."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2373
+#: release-manual.xml:2415
 msgid ""
 "A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
 "subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -6190,12 +6244,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "debian-edu-commits'>e-postlisten for innmeldinger av bidrag</ulink>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2379
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
 msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
 msgstr "Dokumentasjonskrivere og oversettere"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
 msgid ""
 "This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
 "If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6208,7 +6262,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "kunnskapen din med oss."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2383
+#: release-manual.xml:2425
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
@@ -6226,7 +6280,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "UserPreferences'>wikibruker</ulink> først."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
 msgid ""
 "Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
 "software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -6239,22 +6293,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "denne boken. Vurder å hjelpe til med oversettingen av denne boken!"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
 msgid "Support"
 msgstr "Støtte"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2441
 msgid "Volunteer based support"
 msgstr "Frivillighetsbasert støtte"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2403
+#: release-manual.xml:2445
 msgid "in English"
 msgstr "På engelsk"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
 "discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -6265,7 +6319,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2413
+#: release-manual.xml:2455
 msgid ""
 "#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
 "not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -6275,12 +6329,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "ikke forvent sanntidsupport, selv om det hender av og til.<inlinemediaobject>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2466
 msgid "in Norwegian"
 msgstr "På norsk"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2468
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
 "bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -6291,7 +6345,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> - e-postliste for support"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2430
+#: release-manual.xml:2472
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
 "linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -6304,18 +6358,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "Norge (FRISK)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2433
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
 msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
 msgstr ""
 "#skolelinux på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal for support av norske brukere"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2439
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
 msgid "in German"
 msgstr "På Tysk"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2441
+#: release-manual.xml:2483
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
 "skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
@@ -6324,7 +6378,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2445
+#: release-manual.xml:2487
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
 "wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
@@ -6333,18 +6387,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "wiki med mange veiledninger osv."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2448
+#: release-manual.xml:2490
 msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
 msgstr ""
 "#skolelinux.de på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal for support av tyske brukere"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2454
+#: release-manual.xml:2496
 msgid "in French"
 msgstr "På fransk"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2456
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
 "org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
@@ -6353,12 +6407,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "org/debian-edu-french</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2506
 msgid "in Spanish"
 msgstr "På spansk"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2466
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
 "spanish portal"
@@ -6367,12 +6421,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "spansk portal"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2475
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
 msgid "Professional support"
 msgstr "Profesjonell support"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2477
+#: release-manual.xml:2519
 msgid ""
 "Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
 "url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -6383,20 +6437,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp</ulink>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
 msgid "Copyright and authors"
 msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2488
+#: release-manual.xml:2530
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
 "Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
 "(2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), "
 "Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker "
-"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) and John Bildoy (2007) and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
+"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007) and Joakim "
+"Seeberg (2008)a and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
 msgstr ""
 "Dette dokumentet er skrevet av Holger Levsen, Petter Reinholdtsen, Daniel "
 "Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, Ronny Aasen, Morten "
@@ -6404,7 +6458,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjon."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2532
 msgid ""
 "If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
 "are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -6417,12 +6471,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2496
+#: release-manual.xml:2538
 msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
 msgstr "Opphavsrett for oversettere"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2540
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
@@ -6432,7 +6486,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "opphavsrett 2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2542
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
@@ -6443,7 +6497,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Korsvoll med opphavsrett 2007 og utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2502
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
@@ -6456,7 +6510,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2546
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
@@ -6466,12 +6520,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2551
 msgid "Translations of this document"
 msgstr "Oversettelser av dette dokumentet"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2553
 msgid ""
 "Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
 "translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -6480,12 +6534,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "Ufullstendige oversettelser for Norsk Bokmål, Spansk og Tysk eksisterer."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2515
+#: release-manual.xml:2557
 msgid "HowTo translate this document"
 msgstr "Hvordan oversette dette dokumentet"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2517
+#: release-manual.xml:2559
 msgid ""
 "Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
 "software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6499,7 +6553,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dette. Du må også lese dette viss du vil starte å oversette dette dokumentet."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2520
+#: release-manual.xml:2562
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -6515,7 +6569,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2524
+#: release-manual.xml:2566
 msgid ""
 "You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
 "anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6527,7 +6581,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "computeroutput> installert for at dette skal fungere):"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2528
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
 "edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6536,7 +6590,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "edu-doc </computeroutput>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2533
+#: release-manual.xml:2575
 msgid ""
 "Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
 "$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6549,7 +6603,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<computeroutput>kbabel</computeroutput>."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2537
+#: release-manual.xml:2579
 msgid ""
 "Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
 "do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6558,7 +6612,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "det) eller sender filen til e-postlisten."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2539
+#: release-manual.xml:2581
 msgid ""
 "To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
 "the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -6567,12 +6621,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "inne i mappen <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2542
+#: release-manual.xml:2584
 msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
 msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2589
 msgid ""
 "Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
 "find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -6583,28 +6637,28 @@ msgstr ""
 "finnes noen ennå, og hvordan oppdatere oversettelser."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2549
+#: release-manual.xml:2591
 msgid "Please report any problems."
 msgstr "Meld i fra om eventuelle problemer."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2555
+#: release-manual.xml:2597
 msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
 msgstr "Vedlegg A - GNU Generell Offentlig Lisens"
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2562
+#: release-manual.xml:2604
 msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
 msgstr "Manual for utgivelsen av Debian Edu etch 3.0 kodenavn \"Terra\""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2564
+#: release-manual.xml:2606
 msgid ""
 "Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
 "org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -6617,7 +6671,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "opphavsrett."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2567
+#: release-manual.xml:2609
 msgid ""
 "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
 "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6630,7 +6684,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "eller (ditt valg) senere versjoner."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#: release-manual.xml:2611
 msgid ""
 "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
 "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6639,7 +6693,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2571
+#: release-manual.xml:2613
 msgid ""
 "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
 "this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6647,17 +6701,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2576
+#: release-manual.xml:2618
 msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2578
+#: release-manual.xml:2620
 msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#: release-manual.xml:2622
 msgid ""
 "Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
 "Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6666,12 +6720,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2585
+#: release-manual.xml:2627
 msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2587
+#: release-manual.xml:2629
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>0.  </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
 "or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -6685,7 +6739,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2590
+#: release-manual.xml:2632
 msgid ""
 "Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
 "by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of running the Program "
@@ -6696,7 +6750,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2592
+#: release-manual.xml:2634
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>1.  </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
 "copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -6708,14 +6762,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2595
+#: release-manual.xml:2637
 msgid ""
 "You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
 "may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#: release-manual.xml:2639
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>2.  </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
 "of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -6724,7 +6778,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2600
+#: release-manual.xml:2642
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>a)  </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
 "carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -6732,7 +6786,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2603
+#: release-manual.xml:2645
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>b)  </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
 "distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6741,7 +6795,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2606
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>c)  </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
 "reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6756,7 +6810,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2611
+#: release-manual.xml:2653
 msgid ""
 "These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If identifiable "
 "sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6770,7 +6824,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2613
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
 msgid ""
 "Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
 "rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6779,7 +6833,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2615
+#: release-manual.xml:2657
 msgid ""
 "In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
 "the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6788,7 +6842,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2617
+#: release-manual.xml:2659
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>3.  </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
 "Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6797,7 +6851,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2620
+#: release-manual.xml:2662
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>a)  </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
 "corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6806,7 +6860,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2623
+#: release-manual.xml:2665
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>b)  </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
 "valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6817,7 +6871,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2626
+#: release-manual.xml:2668
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>c)  </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
 "you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code.  (This "
@@ -6827,7 +6881,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2631
+#: release-manual.xml:2673
 msgid ""
 "The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
 "modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6841,7 +6895,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2633
+#: release-manual.xml:2675
 msgid ""
 "If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
 "copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6851,7 +6905,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2635
+#: release-manual.xml:2677
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>4.  </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
 "sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6863,7 +6917,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2638
+#: release-manual.xml:2680
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>5.  </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
 "License, since you have not signed it.  However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6876,7 +6930,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2641
+#: release-manual.xml:2683
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>6.  </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
 "Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6888,7 +6942,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2686
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>7.  </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
 "judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6905,7 +6959,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2647
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
 msgid ""
 "If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
 "particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6913,7 +6967,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2649
+#: release-manual.xml:2691
 msgid ""
 "It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
 "or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6927,14 +6981,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2651
+#: release-manual.xml:2693
 msgid ""
 "This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
 "consequence of the rest of this License."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2653
+#: release-manual.xml:2695
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>8.  </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
 "the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -6946,7 +7000,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2656
+#: release-manual.xml:2698
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>9.  </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
 "publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -6955,7 +7009,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2659
+#: release-manual.xml:2701
 msgid ""
 "Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program "
 "specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -6967,7 +7021,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2661
+#: release-manual.xml:2703
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>10.  </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
 "the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -6980,12 +7034,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2664
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2709
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>11.  </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
 "FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -6999,7 +7053,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2670
+#: release-manual.xml:2712
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>12.  </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
 "APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -7013,42 +7067,42 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2676
+#: release-manual.xml:2718
 msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2682
+#: release-manual.xml:2724
 msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
 msgstr "Vedlegg B - om Debian Edu Live CD/DVDer"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2688
+#: release-manual.xml:2730
 msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
 msgstr "Egenskaper ved frittstående-disken"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2689
+#: release-manual.xml:2731
 msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
 msgstr "Nesten alle pakker fra frittståendeprofilen"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2690
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
 msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
 msgstr "Alle pakker fra pakkesamlingen for bærbare"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2691
+#: release-manual.xml:2733
 msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
 msgstr "KDE skrivebordsprofilen for studenter/elever."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2697
+#: release-manual.xml:2739
 msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
 msgstr "Aktiverer oversettelser og regional støtte"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2699
+#: release-manual.xml:2741
 msgid ""
 "To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
 "UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -7068,122 +7122,122 @@ msgstr ""
 "over vanlig brukte lokalkoder:"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2704
+#: release-manual.xml:2746
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region)  </emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Spåk (Region)</emphasis>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2708
+#: release-manual.xml:2750
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Lokalkode</emphasis>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2712
+#: release-manual.xml:2754
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tastaturutlegg</emphasis>"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2717
+#: release-manual.xml:2759
 msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
 msgstr "Norsk bokmål"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2720
+#: release-manual.xml:2762
 msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
 msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2723 release-manual.xml:2733
+#: release-manual.xml:2765 release-manual.xml:2775
 msgid "no"
 msgstr "no"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2727
+#: release-manual.xml:2769
 msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
 msgstr "Norsk nynorsk"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2730
+#: release-manual.xml:2772
 msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
 msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2737
+#: release-manual.xml:2779
 msgid "German"
 msgstr "Tysk"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2740
+#: release-manual.xml:2782
 msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
 msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2743
+#: release-manual.xml:2785
 msgid "de"
 msgstr "de"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2747
+#: release-manual.xml:2789
 msgid "French (France)"
 msgstr "Fransk (Frankrike)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2750
+#: release-manual.xml:2792
 msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
 msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2753
+#: release-manual.xml:2795
 msgid "fr"
 msgstr "fr"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2757
+#: release-manual.xml:2799
 msgid "Greek (Greece)"
 msgstr "Gresk (Hellas)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2760
+#: release-manual.xml:2802
 msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
 msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2763
+#: release-manual.xml:2805
 msgid "el"
 msgstr "el"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2767
+#: release-manual.xml:2809
 msgid "Japanese"
 msgstr "Japansk"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2770
+#: release-manual.xml:2812
 msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
 msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2773
+#: release-manual.xml:2815
 msgid "jp"
 msgstr "jp"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2777
+#: release-manual.xml:2819
 msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
 msgstr "Nordsamisk (Norge)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2780
+#: release-manual.xml:2822
 msgid "se_NO"
 msgstr "se_NO"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2783
+#: release-manual.xml:2825
 msgid "no(smi)"
 msgstr "no(smi)"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2790
+#: release-manual.xml:2832
 msgid ""
 "A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
 "i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7196,32 +7250,32 @@ msgstr ""
 "tastaturutlegget finner man i /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2796
+#: release-manual.xml:2838
 msgid "Stuff to know"
 msgstr "Ting man må vite"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2797
+#: release-manual.xml:2839
 msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
 msgstr "passordet for user er «user», root har ingen passord."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2803
+#: release-manual.xml:2845
 msgid "Known issues with the image"
 msgstr "Kjente problem med CD/DVDen"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2804
+#: release-manual.xml:2846
 msgid "none known yet."
 msgstr "ingen kjente ennå."
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2810
+#: release-manual.xml:2852
 msgid "Download"
 msgstr "Last ned"
 
 # type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2812
+#: release-manual.xml:2854
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
index 959b2f4..77622ef 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-03-08  0:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-03-10 18:45+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL at ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL at li.org>\n"
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: release-manual.xml:8
 msgid ""
 "This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc "
-"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-03-07</computeroutput>."
+"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-03-10</computeroutput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><para>
@@ -995,7 +995,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:332 release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:1502 release-manual.xml:2306 release-manual.xml:2343 release-manual.xml:2414
+#: release-manual.xml:332 release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:2348 release-manual.xml:2385 release-manual.xml:2456
 msgid "<phrase>:-)  </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1273,7 +1273,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:476 release-manual.xml:560 release-manual.xml:1947
+#: release-manual.xml:476 release-manual.xml:560 release-manual.xml:1504 release-manual.xml:1989
 msgid "<phrase>:)  </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2163,7 +2163,7 @@ msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:949 release-manual.xml:982 release-manual.xml:1018 release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1781 release-manual.xml:1888 release-manual.xml:1913 release-manual.xml:1920 release-manual.xml:2259 release-manual.xml:2273 release-manual.xml:2288
+#: release-manual.xml:949 release-manual.xml:982 release-manual.xml:1018 release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1823 release-manual.xml:1930 release-manual.xml:1955 release-manual.xml:1962 release-manual.xml:2301 release-manual.xml:2315 release-manual.xml:2330
 msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3217,9 +3217,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #: release-manual.xml:1432
 msgid ""
 "The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
-"linkend=\"Maintainance\">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get "
-"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintainance work. The "
-"howtos in this chapter are already \"advanced\" tipps and tricks."
+"linkend=\"Maintainance\">DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance</link> "
+"chapters describe how to get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic "
+"maintainance work. The howtos in this chapter are already \"advanced\" tipps "
+"and tricks."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
@@ -3282,7 +3283,7 @@ msgid "List of useful commands:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1460
+#: release-manual.xml:1462
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -3294,60 +3295,60 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1469
+#: release-manual.xml:1471
 msgid "Usage examples"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1471
+#: release-manual.xml:1473
 msgid ""
 "In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
 "system was installed:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1474
+#: release-manual.xml:1476
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1477
+#: release-manual.xml:1479
 msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1480
+#: release-manual.xml:1482
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1483
+#: release-manual.xml:1485
 msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1486
+#: release-manual.xml:1488
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1489
+#: release-manual.xml:1491
 msgid ""
 "To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
 "file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1492
+#: release-manual.xml:1494
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -3355,40 +3356,40 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1495
+#: release-manual.xml:1497
 msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1498
+#: release-manual.xml:1500
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1501
+#: release-manual.xml:1503
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
 "ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1508
+#: release-manual.xml:1510
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored\n"
 "]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1514
+#: release-manual.xml:1516
 msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1516
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
 msgid ""
 "/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
 "installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -3396,7 +3397,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1519
+#: release-manual.xml:1521
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -3404,19 +3405,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1522
+#: release-manual.xml:1524
 msgid ""
 "This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
 "cronjob."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1528
+#: release-manual.xml:1530
 msgid "Resize Partitions"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1530
+#: release-manual.xml:1532
 msgid ""
 "Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes.  Only the /boot/ "
 "partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -3426,7 +3427,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: release-manual.xml:1534
 msgid ""
 "It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
 "partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -3436,7 +3437,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1534
+#: release-manual.xml:1536
 msgid ""
 "To make it easier to extend full partitions, the "
 "<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is "
@@ -3452,12 +3453,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1543
+#: release-manual.xml:1545
 msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1545
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
 msgid ""
 "Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
 "are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
@@ -3465,7 +3466,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1548
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
 msgid ""
 "To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
 "<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -3473,25 +3474,25 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1553
 msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1552
+#: release-manual.xml:1556
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
-"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0 \n"
+"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
 "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1559
+#: release-manual.xml:1563
 msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1561
+#: release-manual.xml:1565
 msgid ""
 "Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
 "is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -3499,17 +3500,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1566
+#: release-manual.xml:1570
 msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1568
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
 msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1570
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
 msgid ""
 "Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
 "scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -3521,12 +3522,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1580
 msgid "How to use volatile"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1578
+#: release-manual.xml:1582
 msgid ""
 "Since the volatile archive key is included in the "
 "<computeroutput>debian-archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is "
@@ -3536,7 +3537,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1583
+#: release-manual.xml:1587
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -3544,19 +3545,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1586
+#: release-manual.xml:1590
 msgid ""
 "And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade "
 "</computeroutput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1593
+#: release-manual.xml:1597
 msgid "Using backports.org"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595
+#: release-manual.xml:1599
 msgid ""
 "You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian "
 "Edu. It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a "
@@ -3564,7 +3565,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1597
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
 msgid ""
 "Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
 "unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -3577,7 +3578,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
 msgid ""
 "You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
 "<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt "
@@ -3587,7 +3588,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1607
+#: release-manual.xml:1611
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
@@ -3600,7 +3601,7 @@ msgid ""
 "# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it "
 "is:\n"
 "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C "
-"&& gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add - \n"
+"&& gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
 "# update the list of available packages:\n"
 "aptitude update\n"
 "]]>\n"
@@ -3613,7 +3614,7 @@ msgid ""
 "</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink "
 "url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions "
 "on backports.org\n"
-"</ulink>.  \n"
+"</ulink>. \n"
 "</para>\n"
 "<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are "
 "installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you "
@@ -3631,12 +3632,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1642
 msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1640
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
 msgid ""
 "A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
 "the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
@@ -3646,7 +3647,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1648
 msgid ""
 "To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
 "host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
@@ -3655,14 +3656,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1647
+#: release-manual.xml:1651
 msgid ""
 "Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
 "similar to this:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1649
+#: release-manual.xml:1655
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
@@ -3672,17 +3673,69 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1654
-msgid "XXX This need to be completed and tested."
+#: release-manual.xml:1660
+msgid "FIXME: This need to be completed and tested."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1659 release-manual.xml:2206 release-manual.xml:2314
+#: release-manual.xml:1665
+msgid "Creating a folder in all users home directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
+msgid ""
+"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home "
+"directory and set access permissions and Ownership."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
+msgid ""
+"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user "
+"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
+"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1672
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"\n"
+"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
+" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
+" permissions=\"770\";\n"
+" created_dir=0;\n"
+"\n"
+"for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
+"\n"
+" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+"  . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+"   . #set the right owner and group\n"
+" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
+"  user=$home\n"
+" group=teachers\n"
+" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+" else\n"
+"  . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already "
+"exists.\\n\"\n"
+" . fi\n"
+"done\n"
+"\n"
+"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1701 release-manual.xml:2248 release-manual.xml:2356
 msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1661 release-manual.xml:2208 release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:2250 release-manual.xml:2358
 msgid ""
 "The HowTos from <ulink "
 "url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ "
@@ -3693,70 +3746,70 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1689
+#: release-manual.xml:1731
 msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1695
+#: release-manual.xml:1737
 msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1697
+#: release-manual.xml:1739
 msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1699
+#: release-manual.xml:1741
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
 "of the students file group)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1701
+#: release-manual.xml:1743
 msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1702
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
 msgid ""
 "makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
 "kde panel"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1703
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
 msgid "adept is not started"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704
+#: release-manual.xml:1746
 msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1705
+#: release-manual.xml:1747
 msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1708
+#: release-manual.xml:1750
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
 "user and members of the admins file group)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1710
+#: release-manual.xml:1752
 msgid ""
 "adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
 "easy access to all the administration programs"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1713
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
 "be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
@@ -3765,7 +3818,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1717
+#: release-manual.xml:1759
 msgid ""
 "If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
 "ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
@@ -3776,7 +3829,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1721
+#: release-manual.xml:1763
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
 "</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile "
@@ -3784,12 +3837,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1728
+#: release-manual.xml:1770
 msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1730
+#: release-manual.xml:1772
 msgid ""
 "In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
 "it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ "
@@ -3797,14 +3850,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1733
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
 msgid ""
 "Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
 "<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1735
+#: release-manual.xml:1777
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -3813,19 +3866,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1739
+#: release-manual.xml:1781
 msgid ""
 "See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
 "information on how these variables are used."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+#: release-manual.xml:1787
 msgid "Flash"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1747
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
 msgid ""
 "To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
 "<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package from "
@@ -3833,12 +3886,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1750
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
 msgid "There are three requirements to do so:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
+#: release-manual.xml:1794
 msgid ""
 "add backports.org to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> "
 "as decribed in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">general adminstration "
@@ -3846,7 +3899,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1756
+#: release-manual.xml:1798
 msgid ""
 "add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences "
 "</computeroutput> (the file probably does not exist, so you might have to "
@@ -3854,7 +3907,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1762
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
@@ -3864,7 +3917,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1809
 msgid ""
 "as the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> package is only "
 "an installer-package (and does not contain the flashplugin itself, for legal "
@@ -3873,19 +3926,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1774
+#: release-manual.xml:1816
 msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1776
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
 msgid ""
 "# FIXME: describe to install this package from out etch-test repository with "
 "a trustpath."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1778
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
 msgid ""
 "If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
 "(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -3893,7 +3946,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1784 release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:1826 release-manual.xml:2333
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
 "software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -3902,7 +3955,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1789
+#: release-manual.xml:1831
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "wget "
@@ -3911,12 +3964,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
 msgid "Then:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1793
+#: release-manual.xml:1835
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3924,24 +3977,24 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1796
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
 msgid ""
 "To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
 "package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1844
 msgid "Other useful plugins"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1846
 msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1805
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -3949,12 +4002,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1853
 msgid "Playing DVDs"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1813
+#: release-manual.xml:1855
 msgid ""
 "libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
 "it's not included in Debian (Edu).  If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -3963,7 +4016,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1814
+#: release-manual.xml:1856
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -3971,19 +4024,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
 msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1822
+#: release-manual.xml:1864
 msgid ""
 "To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
 "just add"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -3991,24 +4044,24 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1826
+#: release-manual.xml:1868
 msgid ""
 "to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia "
 "(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1832
+#: release-manual.xml:1874
 msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1838
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
 msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1840
+#: release-manual.xml:1882
 msgid ""
 "Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations "
 "/ lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4017,17 +4070,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1846
+#: release-manual.xml:1888
 msgid "LTSP in detail"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1850
+#: release-manual.xml:1892
 msgid "lts.conf"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1894
 msgid ""
 "To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
 "can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf "
@@ -4037,7 +4090,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1856
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
 msgid ""
 "The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] "
 "</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4046,14 +4099,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1860
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
 msgid ""
 "Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
 "something like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1863
+#: release-manual.xml:1905
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4064,19 +4117,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1869
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
 msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1913
 msgid ""
 "Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
 "client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1915
 msgid ""
 "To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
 "add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4085,12 +4138,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1880
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
 msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1882
+#: release-manual.xml:1924
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
 "for load balancing.  One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4102,19 +4155,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1891
+#: release-manual.xml:1933
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version "
 "0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1938
 msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1940
 msgid ""
 "If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
 "is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4123,22 +4176,22 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1942
 msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1944
 msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
+#: release-manual.xml:1950
 msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
+#: release-manual.xml:1952
 msgid ""
 "Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
 "tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -4146,7 +4199,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
 "not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
@@ -4154,19 +4207,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1923
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs "
 "</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1926
+#: release-manual.xml:1968
 msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1929
+#: release-manual.xml:1971
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "X -query ltspserverXX\n"
@@ -4174,12 +4227,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:1974
 msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1935
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -4187,21 +4240,21 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1938
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
 msgid ""
 "The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
 "the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1940
+#: release-manual.xml:1982
 msgid ""
 "If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
 "add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1943
+#: release-manual.xml:1985
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -4209,19 +4262,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1946
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
 msgid ""
 "The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
 "<inlinemediaobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952
+#: release-manual.xml:1994
 msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1955
+#: release-manual.xml:1997
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -4229,12 +4282,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:2000
 msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1961
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -4242,22 +4295,22 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964
+#: release-manual.xml:2006
 msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1969
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
 msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1973
+#: release-manual.xml:2015
 msgid "Joining the domain"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1975
+#: release-manual.xml:2017
 msgid ""
 "For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
 "joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4266,21 +4319,21 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
 msgid ""
 "In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
 "required:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
+#: release-manual.xml:2021
 msgid ""
 "1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
 "existing)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1981
+#: release-manual.xml:2023
 msgid ""
 "In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
 "group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that "
@@ -4290,12 +4343,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
+#: release-manual.xml:2028
 msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1988
+#: release-manual.xml:2030
 msgid ""
 "When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
 "controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4308,26 +4361,26 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1992
+#: release-manual.xml:2034
 msgid ""
 "3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
 "matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:2035
 msgid ""
 "It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
 "Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2038
 msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1997
+#: release-manual.xml:2039
 msgid ""
 "Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
 "should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4341,7 +4394,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2000
+#: release-manual.xml:2042
 msgid ""
 "Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and "
 "logout. Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take "
@@ -4351,12 +4404,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2004
+#: release-manual.xml:2046
 msgid "User groups in Windows"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2006
+#: release-manual.xml:2048
 msgid ""
 "Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
 "<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4367,7 +4420,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2010
+#: release-manual.xml:2052
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4377,12 +4430,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2061
 msgid "XP home"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2021
+#: release-manual.xml:2063
 msgid ""
 "Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
 "their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to "
@@ -4391,12 +4444,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2026
+#: release-manual.xml:2068
 msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2028
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
 msgid ""
 "Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
 "items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4407,7 +4460,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2030
+#: release-manual.xml:2072
 msgid ""
 "Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
 "copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
@@ -4418,7 +4471,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2032
+#: release-manual.xml:2074
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
 "deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
@@ -4427,7 +4480,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2035
+#: release-manual.xml:2077
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way to "
 "deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4438,22 +4491,22 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2040 release-manual.xml:2123
+#: release-manual.xml:2082 release-manual.xml:2165
 msgid "Using machine policies"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2042
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
 msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2043
+#: release-manual.xml:2085
 msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
 msgid ""
 "Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
 "-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4463,56 +4516,56 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2046
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
 msgid "log"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2047
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
 msgid "Locale settings"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2048 release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:2090 release-manual.xml:2093
 msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
 msgid "My Documents"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2050
+#: release-manual.xml:2092
 msgid "Application Data"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
 msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2056
+#: release-manual.xml:2098
 msgid ""
 "Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
 "all other windows machines."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2058
+#: release-manual.xml:2100
 msgid ""
 "It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
 "included at install time."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2066 release-manual.xml:2139 release-manual.xml:2164
+#: release-manual.xml:2108 release-manual.xml:2181 release-manual.xml:2206
 msgid "Using global policies"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:2110
 msgid ""
 "By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
 "Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on "
@@ -4523,48 +4576,48 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2073
+#: release-manual.xml:2115
 msgid "Editing Windows registry"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
 msgid ""
 "You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
 "to other computers"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2118
 msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2078
+#: release-manual.xml:2120
 msgid ""
 "Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
 "NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2082
+#: release-manual.xml:2124
 msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2086
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
 msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2131
 msgid ""
 "Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
 "policy)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2092
+#: release-manual.xml:2134
 msgid ""
 "Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
 "selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4572,17 +4625,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
 msgid "Sources:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2159
 msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2161
 msgid ""
 "Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
 "may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4592,7 +4645,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2167
 msgid ""
 "Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using "
 "gpedit.msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be "
@@ -4601,7 +4654,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2127
+#: release-manual.xml:2169
 msgid ""
 "One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
 "folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4609,34 +4662,34 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2129
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
 msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2174
 msgid ""
 "Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
 "Files"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2141
+#: release-manual.xml:2183
 msgid "FIXME"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#: release-manual.xml:2189
 msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2193
 msgid "Using a local policy"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
+#: release-manual.xml:2195
 msgid ""
 "Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual "
 "machines. This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on "
@@ -4644,29 +4697,29 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2197
 msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2157
+#: release-manual.xml:2199
 msgid ""
 "Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
 "profiles"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2166
+#: release-manual.xml:2208
 msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2171
+#: release-manual.xml:2213
 msgid "altering samba config"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
+#: release-manual.xml:2215
 msgid ""
 "By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
 "network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -4676,7 +4729,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2176
+#: release-manual.xml:2218
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -4685,12 +4738,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2185
+#: release-manual.xml:2227
 msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2187
+#: release-manual.xml:2229
 msgid ""
 "Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
 "teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -4698,14 +4751,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2231
 msgid ""
 "RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
 "<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
 msgid ""
 "VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux "
 "remotely. Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> "
@@ -4713,7 +4766,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2196
+#: release-manual.xml:2238
 msgid ""
 "NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
 "remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -4722,31 +4775,31 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2240
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
 "client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2224
+#: release-manual.xml:2266
 msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
 msgid "Moodle"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2274
 msgid ""
 "Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
 "install moodle."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2235
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
 msgid ""
 "Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
 "package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -4757,31 +4810,31 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2237
+#: release-manual.xml:2279
 msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2239
+#: release-manual.xml:2281
 msgid ""
 "See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
 "information on Moodle."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2245
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
 msgid "Monitoring pupils"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2247
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
 msgid ""
 "Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
 "students."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2249
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
 msgid ""
 "Take a look at their wiki: <ulink "
 "url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page "
@@ -4789,12 +4842,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2252
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
 msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2255
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -4802,26 +4855,26 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2304
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
 "humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2310
 msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2270
+#: release-manual.xml:2312
 msgid ""
 "Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet "
 "access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2318
 msgid ""
 "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
 "restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -4829,12 +4882,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2282
+#: release-manual.xml:2324
 msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2284
+#: release-manual.xml:2326
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
 "not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -4842,7 +4895,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2296
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -4857,14 +4910,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2304
+#: release-manual.xml:2346
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
 "<inlinemediaobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2319
+#: release-manual.xml:2361
 msgid ""
 "<ulink "
 "url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
@@ -4872,22 +4925,22 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2328
+#: release-manual.xml:2370
 msgid "Contribute"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2334
+#: release-manual.xml:2376
 msgid "Let us know you exist"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2337
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
 msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2384
 msgid ""
 "There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
 "contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -4896,7 +4949,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2348
+#: release-manual.xml:2390
 msgid ""
 "The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
 "system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -4907,12 +4960,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2396
 msgid "Contribute locally"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2356
+#: release-manual.xml:2398
 msgid ""
 "Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
 "of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -4920,7 +4973,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2358
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
 msgid ""
 "The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
 "localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -4928,12 +4981,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2365
+#: release-manual.xml:2407
 msgid "Contribute globally"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2367
+#: release-manual.xml:2409
 msgid ""
 "Internationally we are organized in <ulink "
 "url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> "
@@ -4941,7 +4994,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2370
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
 msgid ""
 "The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list "
 "</ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we "
@@ -4950,7 +5003,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2373
+#: release-manual.xml:2415
 msgid ""
 "A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
 "subscribe to the <ulink "
@@ -4959,12 +5012,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2379
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
 msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
 msgid ""
 "This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
 "If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -4973,7 +5026,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2383
+#: release-manual.xml:2425
 msgid ""
 "The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple "
 "webbrowser. Just go to <ulink "
@@ -4985,7 +5038,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
 msgid ""
 "Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
 "software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -4994,22 +5047,22 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
 msgid "Support"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2441
 msgid "Volunteer based support"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2403
+#: release-manual.xml:2445
 msgid "in English"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
 msgid ""
 "<ulink "
 "url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -5017,7 +5070,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2413
+#: release-manual.xml:2455
 msgid ""
 "#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
 "not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5025,12 +5078,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2466
 msgid "in Norwegian"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2468
 msgid ""
 "<ulink "
 "url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker "
@@ -5038,7 +5091,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2430
+#: release-manual.xml:2472
 msgid ""
 "<ulink "
 "url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen "
@@ -5047,17 +5100,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2433
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
 msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2439
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
 msgid "in German"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2441
+#: release-manual.xml:2483
 msgid ""
 "<ulink "
 "url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user "
@@ -5065,24 +5118,24 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2445
+#: release-manual.xml:2487
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
 "wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2448
+#: release-manual.xml:2490
 msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2454
+#: release-manual.xml:2496
 msgid "in French"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2456
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
 msgid ""
 "<ulink "
 "url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french "
@@ -5090,24 +5143,24 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2506
 msgid "in Spanish"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2466
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
 msgid ""
 "<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
 "spanish portal"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2475
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
 msgid "Professional support"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2477
+#: release-manual.xml:2519
 msgid ""
 "Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
 "url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp "
@@ -5115,23 +5168,23 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
 msgid "Copyright and authors"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2488
+#: release-manual.xml:2530
 msgid ""
 "This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
 "Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
 "(2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), "
 "Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker "
-"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) and John Bildoy (2007) and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
+"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007) and Joakim "
+"Seeberg (2008)a and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2532
 msgid ""
 "If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
 "are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions "
@@ -5140,19 +5193,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2496
+#: release-manual.xml:2538
 msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2540
 msgid ""
 "The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
 "and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2542
 msgid ""
 "The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
 "(2007) and Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and is released under the GPL2 or "
@@ -5160,7 +5213,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2502
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
 msgid ""
 "The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
 "Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
@@ -5169,31 +5222,31 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2546
 msgid ""
 "The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
 "and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2551
 msgid "Translations of this document"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2553
 msgid ""
 "Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
 "translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2515
+#: release-manual.xml:2557
 msgid "HowTo translate this document"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2517
+#: release-manual.xml:2559
 msgid ""
 "Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
 "software projects, read "
@@ -5203,7 +5256,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2520
+#: release-manual.xml:2562
 msgid ""
 "To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
 "<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -5214,7 +5267,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2524
+#: release-manual.xml:2566
 msgid ""
 "You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
 "anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5223,7 +5276,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2528
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
 msgid ""
 "<computeroutput>svn co "
 "svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc "
@@ -5231,7 +5284,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2533
+#: release-manual.xml:2575
 msgid ""
 "Then edit the "
 "<computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual.$CC.po "
@@ -5241,26 +5294,26 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2537
+#: release-manual.xml:2579
 msgid ""
 "Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
 "do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2539
+#: release-manual.xml:2581
 msgid ""
 "To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
 "the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2542
+#: release-manual.xml:2584
 msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2589
 msgid ""
 "Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
 "find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -5268,28 +5321,28 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2549
+#: release-manual.xml:2591
 msgid "Please report any problems."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2555
+#: release-manual.xml:2597
 msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2562
+#: release-manual.xml:2604
 msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2564
+#: release-manual.xml:2606
 msgid ""
 "Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink "
 "url='mailto:holger at layer-acht.org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and "
@@ -5298,7 +5351,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2567
+#: release-manual.xml:2609
 msgid ""
 "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
 "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5307,7 +5360,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#: release-manual.xml:2611
 msgid ""
 "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
 "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5316,7 +5369,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2571
+#: release-manual.xml:2613
 msgid ""
 "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
 "this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5324,17 +5377,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2576
+#: release-manual.xml:2618
 msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2578
+#: release-manual.xml:2620
 msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#: release-manual.xml:2622
 msgid ""
 "Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
 "Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5343,12 +5396,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2585
+#: release-manual.xml:2627
 msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2587
+#: release-manual.xml:2629
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>0.  </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
 "or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5362,7 +5415,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2590
+#: release-manual.xml:2632
 msgid ""
 "Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
 "by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of running the Program "
@@ -5373,7 +5426,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2592
+#: release-manual.xml:2634
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>1.  </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
 "copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5385,14 +5438,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2595
+#: release-manual.xml:2637
 msgid ""
 "You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
 "may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#: release-manual.xml:2639
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>2.  </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
 "of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5401,7 +5454,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2600
+#: release-manual.xml:2642
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>a)  </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
 "carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5409,7 +5462,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2603
+#: release-manual.xml:2645
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>b)  </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
 "distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5418,7 +5471,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2606
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>c)  </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
 "reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5433,7 +5486,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2611
+#: release-manual.xml:2653
 msgid ""
 "These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If identifiable "
 "sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5447,7 +5500,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2613
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
 msgid ""
 "Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
 "rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5456,7 +5509,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2615
+#: release-manual.xml:2657
 msgid ""
 "In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
 "the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5465,7 +5518,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2617
+#: release-manual.xml:2659
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>3.  </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
 "Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5474,7 +5527,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2620
+#: release-manual.xml:2662
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>a)  </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
 "corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5483,7 +5536,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2623
+#: release-manual.xml:2665
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>b)  </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
 "valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5494,7 +5547,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2626
+#: release-manual.xml:2668
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>c)  </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
 "you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code.  (This "
@@ -5504,7 +5557,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2631
+#: release-manual.xml:2673
 msgid ""
 "The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
 "modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5518,7 +5571,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2633
+#: release-manual.xml:2675
 msgid ""
 "If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
 "copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5528,7 +5581,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2635
+#: release-manual.xml:2677
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>4.  </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
 "sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -5540,7 +5593,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2638
+#: release-manual.xml:2680
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>5.  </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
 "License, since you have not signed it.  However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -5553,7 +5606,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2641
+#: release-manual.xml:2683
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>6.  </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
 "Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -5565,7 +5618,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2686
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>7.  </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
 "judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -5582,7 +5635,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2647
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
 msgid ""
 "If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
 "particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -5590,7 +5643,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2649
+#: release-manual.xml:2691
 msgid ""
 "It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
 "or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -5604,14 +5657,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2651
+#: release-manual.xml:2693
 msgid ""
 "This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
 "consequence of the rest of this License."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2653
+#: release-manual.xml:2695
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>8.  </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
 "the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -5623,7 +5676,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2656
+#: release-manual.xml:2698
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>9.  </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
 "publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -5632,7 +5685,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2659
+#: release-manual.xml:2701
 msgid ""
 "Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program "
 "specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -5644,7 +5697,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2661
+#: release-manual.xml:2703
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>10.  </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
 "the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -5657,12 +5710,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2664
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2709
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>11.  </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
 "FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -5676,7 +5729,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2670
+#: release-manual.xml:2712
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role='strong'>12.  </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
 "APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -5690,42 +5743,42 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2676
+#: release-manual.xml:2718
 msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2682
+#: release-manual.xml:2724
 msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2688
+#: release-manual.xml:2730
 msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2689
+#: release-manual.xml:2731
 msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2690
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
 msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2691
+#: release-manual.xml:2733
 msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2697
+#: release-manual.xml:2739
 msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2699
+#: release-manual.xml:2741
 msgid ""
 "To activate a specific translation, boot using "
 "<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where "
@@ -5738,122 +5791,122 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2704
+#: release-manual.xml:2746
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region)  </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2708
+#: release-manual.xml:2750
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2712
+#: release-manual.xml:2754
 msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2717
+#: release-manual.xml:2759
 msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2720
+#: release-manual.xml:2762
 msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2723 release-manual.xml:2733
+#: release-manual.xml:2765 release-manual.xml:2775
 msgid "no"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2727
+#: release-manual.xml:2769
 msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2730
+#: release-manual.xml:2772
 msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2737
+#: release-manual.xml:2779
 msgid "German"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2740
+#: release-manual.xml:2782
 msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2743
+#: release-manual.xml:2785
 msgid "de"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2747
+#: release-manual.xml:2789
 msgid "French (France)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2750
+#: release-manual.xml:2792
 msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2753
+#: release-manual.xml:2795
 msgid "fr"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2757
+#: release-manual.xml:2799
 msgid "Greek (Greece)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2760
+#: release-manual.xml:2802
 msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2763
+#: release-manual.xml:2805
 msgid "el"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2767
+#: release-manual.xml:2809
 msgid "Japanese"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2770
+#: release-manual.xml:2812
 msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2773
+#: release-manual.xml:2815
 msgid "jp"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2777
+#: release-manual.xml:2819
 msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2780
+#: release-manual.xml:2822
 msgid "se_NO"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2783
+#: release-manual.xml:2825
 msgid "no(smi)"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2790
+#: release-manual.xml:2832
 msgid ""
 "A complete list of locale codes is available in "
 "<computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the "
@@ -5863,32 +5916,32 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2796
+#: release-manual.xml:2838
 msgid "Stuff to know"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2797
+#: release-manual.xml:2839
 msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2803
+#: release-manual.xml:2845
 msgid "Known issues with the image"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2804
+#: release-manual.xml:2846
 msgid "none known yet."
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2810
+#: release-manual.xml:2852
 msgid "Download"
 msgstr ""
 
 # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2812
+#: release-manual.xml:2854
 msgid ""
 "The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink "
 "url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink "
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
index b280618..ad3d2bf 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 </emphasis>) release manual for the Debian Edu Etch 3.0 release.  
 </para>
 <para>This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
-</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-03-07</computeroutput>.  
+</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-03-10</computeroutput>.  
 </para>
 <para>The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch
 </ulink> is a wiki and updated frequently.  
@@ -1429,7 +1429,7 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
 <section id="Administration">
 <title>HowTos for general administration
 </title>
-<para>The <link linkend="GettingStarted">Getting Started</link> and <link linkend="Maintainance">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintainance work. The howtos in this chapter are already "advanced" tipps and tricks. 
+<para>The <link linkend="GettingStarted">Getting Started</link> and <link linkend="Maintainance">DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintainance work. The howtos in this chapter are already "advanced" tipps and tricks. 
 </para>
 <para> 
 </para>
@@ -1457,6 +1457,8 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
 </computeroutput> are commited every hour. 
 </para>
 <para>List of useful commands: 
+</para>
+<para>
 </para><screen><![CDATA[ debian-edu-etc-svk diff
  debian-edu-etc-svk log
  debian-edu-etc-svk status
@@ -1471,19 +1473,19 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
 <para>In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the system was installed: 
 </para>
 <para>
-</para><screen><![CDATA[debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less 
+</para><screen><![CDATA[debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less
 ]]>
 </screen>
 <para>To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command: 
 </para>
 <para>
-</para><screen><![CDATA[debian-edu-etc-svk log | less 
+</para><screen><![CDATA[debian-edu-etc-svk log | less
 ]]>
 </screen>
 <para>To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file: 
 </para>
 <para>
-</para><screen><![CDATA[debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less 
+</para><screen><![CDATA[debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less
 ]]>
 </screen>
 <para>To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically: 
@@ -1495,17 +1497,17 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
 <para>To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour: 
 </para>
 <para>
-</para><screen><![CDATA[debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf 
+</para><screen><![CDATA[debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf
 ]]>
 </screen>
 <para>If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
-</imageobject><textobject><phrase>:-)
+</imageobject><textobject><phrase>:)
 </phrase>
 </textobject>
 </inlinemediaobject> 
 </para>
 <para>
-</para><screen><![CDATA[debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored 
+</para><screen><![CDATA[debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored
 ]]>
 </screen>
 </section>
@@ -1546,10 +1548,12 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
 </ulink>. 
 </para>
 <para>To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the <computeroutput>lvextend
-</computeroutput> command how large you want it to grow to.  
+</computeroutput> command how large you want it to grow to. 
 </para>
 <para>For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands: 
-</para><screen><![CDATA[lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0 
+</para>
+<para>
+</para><screen><![CDATA[lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0
 resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]>
 </screen>
 </section>
@@ -1559,7 +1563,7 @@ resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]>
 <title>Using volatile.debian.org
 </title>
 <para>Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org
-</ulink> is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on default installations.  
+</ulink> is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on default installations. 
 </para>
 
 <section>
@@ -1592,7 +1596,7 @@ resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]>
 <section>
 <title>Using backports.org
 </title>
-<para>You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org steps in.  
+<para>You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org steps in. 
 </para>
 <para>Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run without new libraries (wherever it is possible) on a stable Debian distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role='strong'>We recommend you to pick out single backports which fits your needs, and not to use all backports available there.
 </emphasis> Please follow the instructions on <ulink url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org
@@ -1611,7 +1615,7 @@ aptitude install debian-keyring
 # fetch the backports.org key insecurily:
 gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C
 # check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:
-gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add - 
+gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -
 # update the list of available packages:
 aptitude update
 ]]>
@@ -1619,7 +1623,7 @@ aptitude update
 <para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>
 </computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences
 </computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url='http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions'>instructions on backports.org
-</ulink>.  
+</ulink>. 
 </para>
 <para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually. 
 </para>
@@ -1646,16 +1650,54 @@ aptitude update
 </para>
 <para>Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor
 </computeroutput> should be similar to this: 
+</para>
+<para>
 </para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net
 RPORT=1234
 RUSER=backdoor
 ]]>
 </screen>
-<para>XXX This need to be completed and tested. 
+<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. 
 </para>
 </section>
 
 <section>
+<title>Creating a folder in all users home directory
+</title>
+<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. 
+</para>
+<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder "assignments" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments. 
+</para>
+<para>
+</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash
+
+home_path="/skole/tjener/home0";
+ shared_folder="assignments";
+ permissions="770";
+ created_dir=0;
+
+for home in $(ls $home_path);do
+
+ . if [ ! -d "$home_path/$home/$shared_folder" ]; then
+  . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder
+ chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder
+   . #set the right owner and group
+ #"username" = "group name" = "folder name"
+  user=$home
+ group=teachers
+ chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder
+ ((created_dir+=1))
+ else
+  . echo -e "the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\n"
+ . fi
+done
+
+echo "$created_dir folders has been created"
+]]>
+</screen>
+</section>
+
+<section>
 <title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org
 </title>
 <para>The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/
@@ -2485,7 +2527,7 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
 </title>
 <para> 
 </para>
-<para>This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) and John Bildoy (2007) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy! 
+<para>This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007) and Joakim Seeberg (2008)a and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy! 
 </para>
 <para>If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions
 </emphasis>! Then add your name here and release it under the GPL2 or later version. 


hooks/post-receive
-- 
debian-edu-doc.git (Debian package debian-edu-doc)

This is an automated email from the git hooks/post-receive script. It was
generated because a ref change was pushed to the repository containing
the project "debian-edu-doc.git" (Debian package debian-edu-doc).




More information about the debian-edu-commits mailing list